1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
30 #include "blockinput.h"
32 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
33 if this is not done before the other system files. */
35 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
37 /* If we have Xfixes extension, use it for pointer blanking. */
39 #include <X11/extensions/Xfixes.h>
42 /* Using Xft implies that XRender is available. */
44 #include <X11/extensions/Xrender.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
53 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
60 #include "character.h"
62 #include "composite.h"
64 #include "dispextern.h"
66 #include "termhooks.h"
69 #include "emacs-icon.h"
75 #include "xsettings.h"
76 #include "sysselect.h"
80 #include <X11/Shell.h>
88 #include <X11/Xproto.h>
92 #if defined (USE_LUCID) || defined (USE_MOTIF)
93 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
97 #if !defined (NO_EDITRES)
99 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (Widget
, XtPointer
, XEvent
*, Boolean
*);
100 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
102 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
104 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
105 #if defined USE_MOTIF
106 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* For LESSTIF_VERSION */
107 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
108 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
111 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
112 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
113 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
114 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
115 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
116 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
117 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
119 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
120 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
121 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
122 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
124 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
128 #ifndef XtNinitialState
129 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
133 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
136 #include <X11/XKBlib.h>
139 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
143 bool use_xim
= false; /* configure --without-xim */
146 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
149 static bool any_help_event_p
;
151 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
154 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
158 /* The application context for Xt use. */
159 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
160 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
162 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
163 static bool toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
165 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
167 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
168 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
169 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
171 static Time ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
173 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
175 static int x_noop_count
;
178 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
179 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
182 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
183 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
187 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
192 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
193 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
194 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
195 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
197 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
198 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
199 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
201 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
202 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
203 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
204 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
205 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
208 static void x_free_cr_resources (struct frame
*);
209 static bool x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
210 static void x_raise_frame (struct frame
*);
211 static void x_lower_frame (struct frame
*);
212 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
213 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
214 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
216 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
217 enum glyph_row_area
, GC
);
218 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
, int);
219 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
220 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
221 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
223 static void x_horizontal_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
224 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
225 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
227 static bool x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, const XPropertyEvent
*);
228 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
229 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
230 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, bool);
231 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*,
232 const XEvent
*, int *,
233 struct input_event
*);
234 #if ! (defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || defined USE_MOTIF)
235 static int x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*, Display
*);
237 static void x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*, int);
238 static void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*, ptrdiff_t);
239 static void x_initialize (void);
241 static bool get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*, Window
, int *, bool *);
243 /* Flush display of frame F. */
246 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
248 eassert (f
&& FRAME_X_P (f
));
249 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
250 connection may be broken. */
251 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
255 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
260 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
261 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
262 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
263 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
264 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
267 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
270 /***********************************************************************
272 ***********************************************************************/
276 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
277 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
285 struct record event_record
[100];
287 int event_record_index
;
290 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
292 if (event_record_index
== ARRAYELTS (event_record
))
293 event_record_index
= 0;
295 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
296 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
297 event_record_index
++;
304 #define FRAME_CR_CONTEXT(f) ((f)->output_data.x->cr_context)
305 #define FRAME_CR_SURFACE(f) ((f)->output_data.x->cr_surface)
307 static struct x_gc_ext_data
*
308 x_gc_get_ext_data (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int create_if_not_found_p
)
310 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
312 XExtData
**head
, *ext_data
;
315 head
= XEHeadOfExtensionList (object
);
316 ext_data
= XFindOnExtensionList (head
, dpyinfo
->ext_codes
->extension
);
317 if (ext_data
== NULL
)
319 if (!create_if_not_found_p
)
323 ext_data
= xzalloc (sizeof (*ext_data
));
324 ext_data
->number
= dpyinfo
->ext_codes
->extension
;
325 ext_data
->private_data
= xzalloc (sizeof (struct x_gc_ext_data
));
326 XAddToExtensionList (head
, ext_data
);
329 return (struct x_gc_ext_data
*) ext_data
->private_data
;
333 x_extension_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
335 XExtCodes
*ext_codes
= XAddExtension (dpyinfo
->display
);
337 dpyinfo
->ext_codes
= ext_codes
;
341 x_cr_destroy_surface (struct frame
*f
)
343 if (FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
))
345 cairo_t
*cr
= FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
);
346 cairo_surface_destroy (FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
));
347 FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
) = 0;
348 if (cr
) cairo_destroy (cr
);
349 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = NULL
;
354 x_begin_cr_clip (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
)
356 cairo_t
*cr
= FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
);
361 if (! FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
))
363 cairo_surface_t
*surface
;
364 surface
= cairo_xlib_surface_create (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
366 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->visual
,
367 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
),
368 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
));
369 cr
= cairo_create (surface
);
370 cairo_surface_destroy (surface
);
373 cr
= cairo_create (FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
));
374 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = cr
;
380 struct x_gc_ext_data
*gc_ext
= x_gc_get_ext_data (f
, gc
, 0);
382 if (gc_ext
&& gc_ext
->n_clip_rects
)
386 for (i
= 0; i
< gc_ext
->n_clip_rects
; i
++)
387 cairo_rectangle (cr
, gc_ext
->clip_rects
[i
].x
,
388 gc_ext
->clip_rects
[i
].y
,
389 gc_ext
->clip_rects
[i
].width
,
390 gc_ext
->clip_rects
[i
].height
);
399 x_end_cr_clip (struct frame
*f
)
401 cairo_restore (FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
));
405 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
)
410 XGetGCValues (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
411 color
.pixel
= xgcv
.foreground
;
412 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
413 cairo_set_source_rgb (FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
), color
.red
/ 65535.0,
414 color
.green
/ 65535.0, color
.blue
/ 65535.0);
418 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_background (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
)
423 XGetGCValues (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
424 color
.pixel
= xgcv
.background
;
425 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
426 cairo_set_source_rgb (FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
), color
.red
/ 65535.0,
427 color
.green
/ 65535.0, color
.blue
/ 65535.0);
430 /* Fringe bitmaps. */
432 static int max_fringe_bmp
= 0;
433 static cairo_pattern_t
**fringe_bmp
= 0;
436 x_cr_define_fringe_bitmap (int which
, unsigned short *bits
, int h
, int wd
)
439 cairo_surface_t
*surface
;
441 cairo_pattern_t
*pattern
;
443 if (which
>= max_fringe_bmp
)
446 max_fringe_bmp
= which
+ 20;
447 fringe_bmp
= (cairo_pattern_t
**) xrealloc (fringe_bmp
, max_fringe_bmp
* sizeof (cairo_pattern_t
*));
448 while (i
< max_fringe_bmp
)
454 surface
= cairo_image_surface_create (CAIRO_FORMAT_A1
, wd
, h
);
455 stride
= cairo_image_surface_get_stride (surface
);
456 data
= cairo_image_surface_get_data (surface
);
458 for (i
= 0; i
< h
; i
++)
460 *((unsigned short *) data
) = bits
[i
];
464 cairo_surface_mark_dirty (surface
);
465 pattern
= cairo_pattern_create_for_surface (surface
);
466 cairo_surface_destroy (surface
);
470 fringe_bmp
[which
] = pattern
;
474 x_cr_destroy_fringe_bitmap (int which
)
476 if (which
>= max_fringe_bmp
)
479 if (fringe_bmp
[which
])
482 cairo_pattern_destroy (fringe_bmp
[which
]);
485 fringe_bmp
[which
] = 0;
489 x_cr_draw_image (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, cairo_pattern_t
*image
,
490 int src_x
, int src_y
, int width
, int height
,
491 int dest_x
, int dest_y
, bool overlay_p
)
494 cairo_matrix_t matrix
;
495 cairo_surface_t
*surface
;
496 cairo_format_t format
;
498 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
500 cairo_rectangle (cr
, dest_x
, dest_y
, width
, height
);
503 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_background (f
, gc
);
504 cairo_rectangle (cr
, dest_x
, dest_y
, width
, height
);
505 cairo_fill_preserve (cr
);
508 cairo_matrix_init_translate (&matrix
, src_x
- dest_x
, src_y
- dest_y
);
509 cairo_pattern_set_matrix (image
, &matrix
);
510 cairo_pattern_get_surface (image
, &surface
);
511 format
= cairo_image_surface_get_format (surface
);
512 if (format
!= CAIRO_FORMAT_A8
&& format
!= CAIRO_FORMAT_A1
)
514 cairo_set_source (cr
, image
);
519 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (f
, gc
);
520 cairo_mask (cr
, image
);
526 x_cr_draw_frame (cairo_t
*cr
, struct frame
*f
)
530 width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
531 height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
533 x_free_cr_resources (f
);
534 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = cr
;
535 x_clear_area (f
, 0, 0, width
, height
);
536 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, width
, height
);
537 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = NULL
;
540 static cairo_status_t
541 x_cr_accumulate_data (void *closure
, const unsigned char *data
,
544 Lisp_Object
*acc
= (Lisp_Object
*) closure
;
546 *acc
= Fcons (make_unibyte_string ((char const *) data
, length
), *acc
);
548 return CAIRO_STATUS_SUCCESS
;
552 x_cr_destroy (Lisp_Object arg
)
554 cairo_t
*cr
= (cairo_t
*) XSAVE_POINTER (arg
, 0);
562 x_cr_export_frames (Lisp_Object frames
, cairo_surface_type_t surface_type
)
565 cairo_surface_t
*surface
;
568 void (*surface_set_size_func
) (cairo_surface_t
*, double, double) = NULL
;
569 Lisp_Object acc
= Qnil
;
570 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
574 f
= XFRAME (XCAR (frames
));
575 frames
= XCDR (frames
);
576 width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
577 height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
580 #ifdef CAIRO_HAS_PDF_SURFACE
581 if (surface_type
== CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_PDF
)
583 surface
= cairo_pdf_surface_create_for_stream (x_cr_accumulate_data
, &acc
,
585 surface_set_size_func
= cairo_pdf_surface_set_size
;
589 #ifdef CAIRO_HAS_PNG_FUNCTIONS
590 if (surface_type
== CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_IMAGE
)
591 surface
= cairo_image_surface_create (CAIRO_FORMAT_RGB24
, width
, height
);
594 #ifdef CAIRO_HAS_PS_SURFACE
595 if (surface_type
== CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_PS
)
597 surface
= cairo_ps_surface_create_for_stream (x_cr_accumulate_data
, &acc
,
599 surface_set_size_func
= cairo_ps_surface_set_size
;
603 #ifdef CAIRO_HAS_SVG_SURFACE
604 if (surface_type
== CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_SVG
)
605 surface
= cairo_svg_surface_create_for_stream (x_cr_accumulate_data
, &acc
,
611 cr
= cairo_create (surface
);
612 cairo_surface_destroy (surface
);
613 record_unwind_protect (x_cr_destroy
, make_save_ptr (cr
));
621 x_free_cr_resources (f
);
622 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = cr
;
623 x_clear_area (f
, 0, 0, width
, height
);
624 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, width
, height
);
625 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = NULL
;
632 cairo_surface_show_page (surface
);
633 f
= XFRAME (XCAR (frames
));
634 frames
= XCDR (frames
);
635 width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
636 height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
637 if (surface_set_size_func
)
638 (*surface_set_size_func
) (surface
, width
, height
);
642 #ifdef CAIRO_HAS_PNG_FUNCTIONS
643 if (surface_type
== CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_IMAGE
)
646 cairo_surface_flush (surface
);
647 cairo_surface_write_to_png_stream (surface
, x_cr_accumulate_data
, &acc
);
651 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
653 return CALLN (Fapply
, intern ("concat"), Fnreverse (acc
));
656 #endif /* USE_CAIRO */
659 x_free_cr_resources (struct frame
*f
)
664 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
665 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
666 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
667 x_free_cr_resources (XFRAME (frame
));
671 cairo_t
*cr
= FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
);
675 cairo_surface_t
*surface
= cairo_get_target (cr
);
677 if (cairo_surface_get_type (surface
) == CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_XLIB
)
680 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = NULL
;
688 x_set_clip_rectangles (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, XRectangle
*rectangles
, int n
)
690 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, rectangles
, n
, Unsorted
);
692 eassert (n
>= 0 && n
<= MAX_CLIP_RECTS
);
695 struct x_gc_ext_data
*gc_ext
= x_gc_get_ext_data (f
, gc
, 1);
697 gc_ext
->n_clip_rects
= n
;
698 memcpy (gc_ext
->clip_rects
, rectangles
, sizeof (XRectangle
) * n
);
704 x_reset_clip_rectangles (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
)
706 XSetClipMask (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, None
);
709 struct x_gc_ext_data
*gc_ext
= x_gc_get_ext_data (f
, gc
, 0);
712 gc_ext
->n_clip_rects
= 0;
718 x_fill_rectangle (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
723 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
724 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (f
, gc
);
725 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
729 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
730 gc
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
735 x_draw_rectangle (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
740 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
741 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (f
, gc
);
742 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
+ 0.5, y
+ 0.5, width
, height
);
743 cairo_set_line_width (cr
, 1);
747 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
748 gc
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
753 x_clear_window (struct frame
*f
)
758 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, NULL
);
759 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_background (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
);
763 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
769 x_fill_trapezoid_for_relief (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int x
, int y
,
770 int width
, int height
, int top_p
)
774 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
775 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (f
, gc
);
776 cairo_move_to (cr
, top_p
? x
: x
+ height
, y
);
777 cairo_line_to (cr
, x
, y
+ height
);
778 cairo_line_to (cr
, top_p
? x
+ width
- height
: x
+ width
, y
+ height
);
779 cairo_line_to (cr
, x
+ width
, y
);
786 CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT
, /* 0 -> pi/2 */
787 CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT
, /* pi/2 -> pi */
788 CORNER_TOP_LEFT
, /* pi -> 3pi/2 */
789 CORNER_TOP_RIGHT
, /* 3pi/2 -> 2pi */
794 x_erase_corners_for_relief (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int x
, int y
,
795 int width
, int height
,
796 double radius
, double margin
, int corners
)
801 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
802 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_background (f
, gc
);
803 for (i
= 0; i
< CORNER_LAST
; i
++)
804 if (corners
& (1 << i
))
806 double xm
, ym
, xc
, yc
;
808 if (i
== CORNER_TOP_LEFT
|| i
== CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT
)
809 xm
= x
- margin
, xc
= xm
+ radius
;
811 xm
= x
+ width
+ margin
, xc
= xm
- radius
;
812 if (i
== CORNER_TOP_LEFT
|| i
== CORNER_TOP_RIGHT
)
813 ym
= y
- margin
, yc
= ym
+ radius
;
815 ym
= y
+ height
+ margin
, yc
= ym
- radius
;
817 cairo_move_to (cr
, xm
, ym
);
818 cairo_arc (cr
, xc
, yc
, radius
, i
* M_PI_2
, (i
+ 1) * M_PI_2
);
821 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
827 x_draw_horizontal_wave (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int x
, int y
,
828 int width
, int height
, int wave_length
)
831 double dx
= wave_length
, dy
= height
- 1;
834 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
835 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (f
, gc
);
836 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
841 xoffset
= x
% (wave_length
* 2);
843 xoffset
= wave_length
* 2;
846 xoffset
= x
% (wave_length
* 2) + wave_length
* 2;
847 n
= (width
+ xoffset
) / wave_length
+ 1;
848 if (xoffset
> wave_length
)
850 xoffset
-= wave_length
;
856 cairo_move_to (cr
, x
- xoffset
+ 0.5, y
+ 0.5);
859 cairo_rel_line_to (cr
, dx
, dy
);
862 cairo_set_line_width (cr
, 1);
869 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
871 struct x_display_info
*
872 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
874 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
876 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
877 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
884 x_find_topmost_parent (struct frame
*f
)
886 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
887 Window win
= None
, wi
= x
->parent_desc
;
888 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
890 while (wi
!= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
894 unsigned int nchildren
;
897 if (XQueryTree (dpy
, win
, &root
, &wi
, &children
, &nchildren
))
906 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
909 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
911 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
912 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
913 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
915 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
919 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
924 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
925 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
926 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
927 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
931 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
933 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
936 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
938 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
940 /* If there is a parent from the window manager, put the property there
941 also, to work around broken window managers that fail to do that.
942 Do this unconditionally as this function is called on reparent when
943 alpha has not changed on the frame. */
945 parent
= x_find_topmost_parent (f
);
947 XChangeProperty (dpy
, parent
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
948 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
949 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1);
951 /* return unless necessary */
956 unsigned long n
, left
;
958 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
959 0, 1, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
960 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
963 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
965 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
975 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
976 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
977 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1);
981 /***********************************************************************
982 Starting and ending an update
983 ***********************************************************************/
985 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
986 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
987 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
988 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
989 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
992 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
995 if (! NILP (tip_frame
) && XFRAME (tip_frame
) == f
996 && ! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
999 if (! FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
))
1003 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
1005 GdkWindow
*w
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
1006 width
= gdk_window_get_width (w
);
1007 height
= gdk_window_get_height (w
);
1012 width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
1013 height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
1014 if (! FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f
))
1015 height
+= FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
);
1016 if (! FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
))
1017 height
+= FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f
);
1020 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
1023 FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
) = cairo_image_surface_create
1024 (CAIRO_FORMAT_ARGB32
, width
, height
);
1028 #endif /* USE_CAIRO */
1031 /* Start update of window W. */
1034 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
1036 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
1037 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
1039 w
->output_cursor
= w
->cursor
;
1043 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
1045 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
1046 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= true;
1048 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
1050 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
1051 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
1058 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
1061 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
1063 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
1066 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
1068 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1072 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, 1, y1
- y0
);
1074 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
1075 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
1079 /* Draw a window divider from (x0,y0) to (x1,y1) */
1082 x_draw_window_divider (struct window
*w
, int x0
, int x1
, int y0
, int y1
)
1084 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
1085 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_FACE_ID
);
1086 struct face
*face_first
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_FIRST_PIXEL_FACE_ID
);
1087 struct face
*face_last
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_LAST_PIXEL_FACE_ID
);
1088 unsigned long color
= face
? face
->foreground
: FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
1089 unsigned long color_first
= (face_first
1090 ? face_first
->foreground
1091 : FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
1092 unsigned long color_last
= (face_last
1093 ? face_last
->foreground
1094 : FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
1095 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1097 if (y1
- y0
> x1
- x0
&& x1
- x0
> 2)
1100 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_first
);
1101 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1102 x0
, y0
, 1, y1
- y0
);
1103 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
1104 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1105 x0
+ 1, y0
, x1
- x0
- 2, y1
- y0
);
1106 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_last
);
1107 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1108 x1
- 1, y0
, 1, y1
- y0
);
1110 else if (x1
- x0
> y1
- y0
&& y1
- y0
> 3)
1113 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_first
);
1114 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1115 x0
, y0
, x1
- x0
, 1);
1116 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
1117 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1118 x0
, y0
+ 1, x1
- x0
, y1
- y0
- 2);
1119 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_last
);
1120 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1121 x0
, y1
- 1, x1
- x0
, 1);
1125 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
1126 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1127 x0
, y0
, x1
- x0
, y1
- y0
);
1131 /* End update of window W.
1133 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
1134 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
1136 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
1137 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
1138 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
1140 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
1141 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
1145 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, bool cursor_on_p
,
1146 bool mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
1148 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
1153 display_and_set_cursor (w
, true,
1154 w
->output_cursor
.hpos
, w
->output_cursor
.vpos
,
1155 w
->output_cursor
.x
, w
->output_cursor
.y
);
1157 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, true))
1159 if (WINDOW_RIGHT_DIVIDER_WIDTH (w
))
1160 x_draw_right_divider (w
);
1162 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
1168 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
1169 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
1170 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
1172 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
1174 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
1175 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
1176 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
1181 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
1185 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
1187 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
1188 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= false;
1191 if (FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
))
1195 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (HAVE_GTK3)
1196 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
1198 GdkWindow
*w
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
1199 cr
= gdk_cairo_create (w
);
1204 cairo_surface_t
*surface
;
1205 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
1206 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
1207 if (! FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f
))
1208 height
+= FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
);
1209 if (! FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
))
1210 height
+= FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f
);
1211 surface
= cairo_xlib_surface_create (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
1213 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->visual
,
1216 cr
= cairo_create (surface
);
1217 cairo_surface_destroy (surface
);
1220 cairo_set_source_surface (cr
, FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
), 0, 0);
1225 #endif /* USE_CAIRO */
1229 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
1235 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c
1236 whenever a complete update has been performed. */
1239 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
1242 FRAME_MOUSE_UPDATE (f
);
1246 /* Clear under internal border if any (GTK has its own version). */
1249 x_clear_under_internal_border (struct frame
*f
)
1251 if (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
1253 int border
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
1254 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
1255 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
1256 int margin
= FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
);
1259 x_clear_area (f
, 0, 0, border
, height
);
1260 x_clear_area (f
, 0, margin
, width
, border
);
1261 x_clear_area (f
, width
- border
, 0, border
, height
);
1262 x_clear_area (f
, 0, height
- border
, width
, border
);
1268 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
1269 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
1270 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. This function is called from
1271 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
1272 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
1275 x_after_update_window_line (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
1279 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
1280 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= true;
1282 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1283 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
1284 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
1285 check here if updated window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
1286 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
1287 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
1288 overhead is very small. */
1293 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
1294 && desired_row
->full_width_p
1295 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
1296 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
1298 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
1301 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
1304 x_clear_area (f
, 0, y
, width
, height
);
1305 x_clear_area (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
, y
, width
, height
);
1313 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
1315 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
1316 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1317 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
1318 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
1319 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
1321 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
1322 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, ANY_AREA
, gc
);
1324 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
1326 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
1327 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
1328 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
1329 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
1331 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1333 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
1335 x_fill_rectangle (f
, face
->gc
, p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
1338 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
1342 if (p
->which
&& p
->which
< max_fringe_bmp
)
1346 XGetGCValues (display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &gcv
);
1347 XSetForeground (display
, gc
, (p
->cursor_p
1348 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
1349 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
1350 : face
->foreground
));
1351 XSetBackground (display
, gc
, face
->background
);
1352 x_cr_draw_image (f
, gc
, fringe_bmp
[p
->which
], 0, p
->dh
,
1353 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
, p
->overlay_p
);
1354 XSetForeground (display
, gc
, gcv
.foreground
);
1355 XSetBackground (display
, gc
, gcv
.background
);
1357 #else /* not USE_CAIRO */
1361 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
1362 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
1366 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
1368 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
1370 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
1372 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
1374 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
1375 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
1376 : face
->foreground
),
1377 face
->background
, depth
);
1381 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
1382 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
1385 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
1386 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
1387 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
1388 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
1391 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
1392 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
1393 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
1397 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
1398 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
1399 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
1402 #endif /* not USE_CAIRO */
1404 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, gc
);
1407 /***********************************************************************
1409 ***********************************************************************/
1413 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
1414 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
1415 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
1416 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
1417 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
1418 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
1419 static _Noreturn
void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int);
1420 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
1421 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
1422 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
1423 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
1424 static bool x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
1425 unsigned long *, double, int);
1426 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
1427 double, int, unsigned long);
1428 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
1429 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
1430 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
1431 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
1432 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
1433 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
1435 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
1436 int, bool, bool, bool, bool, bool,
1438 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
1439 int, bool, bool, XRectangle
*);
1440 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
1443 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
1447 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
1451 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1453 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
1454 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1455 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1457 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
1460 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
1464 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
1465 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1467 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
1468 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1469 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1470 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1471 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1472 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1473 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1475 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1476 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1477 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1479 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1480 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1483 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1484 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1485 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1487 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1488 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1491 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1492 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1494 s
->gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1499 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1502 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1507 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1508 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1509 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1511 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1513 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1514 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
1516 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
1517 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1518 prepare_face_for_display (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1520 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1521 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1524 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1529 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1530 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1531 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1532 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1534 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1535 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1538 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1539 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1541 s
->gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1544 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1548 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1549 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1550 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1553 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1555 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1559 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1560 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1564 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1566 prepare_face_for_display (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1568 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1570 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1571 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1573 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1575 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1576 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1578 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1580 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1581 s
->stippled_p
= false;
1583 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1585 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1586 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1588 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1589 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1591 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1592 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1597 /* GC must have been set. */
1598 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1602 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1603 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1606 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1608 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1609 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1612 x_set_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, s
->gc
, r
, n
);
1617 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1618 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1622 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1627 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1629 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1632 x_set_clip_rectangles (dst
->f
, dst
->gc
, &r
, 1);
1637 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1640 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1643 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1644 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1646 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1648 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1650 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1651 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1654 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1655 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1656 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1660 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1662 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1664 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1665 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1666 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1670 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1671 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1676 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1679 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1682 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1683 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1684 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1685 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1689 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1690 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1691 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1692 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1693 contains the first component of a composition. */
1696 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, bool force_p
)
1698 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1699 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1700 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1702 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1706 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1707 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1708 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1709 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1710 s
->background_width
,
1711 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1712 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1713 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
1715 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1716 /* When xdisp.c ignores FONT_HEIGHT, we cannot trust
1717 font dimensions, since the actual glyphs might be
1718 much smaller. So in that case we always clear the
1719 rectangle with background color. */
1720 || FONT_TOO_HIGH (s
->font
)
1721 || s
->font_not_found_p
1722 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1725 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1726 s
->background_width
,
1727 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1728 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
1734 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1737 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1741 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1742 of S to the right of that box line. */
1743 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1744 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1745 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1749 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1751 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1753 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1755 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1756 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
,
1757 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1759 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1764 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1765 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1768 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1769 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1771 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1773 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1774 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, false);
1776 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, true);
1777 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1778 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, false);
1782 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1785 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1788 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1790 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1791 of S to the right of that box line. */
1792 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1793 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1794 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1798 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1799 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1800 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1801 this composition. */
1803 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1804 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1805 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1807 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1808 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1809 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1811 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1815 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1816 /* TAB in a composition means display glyphs with padding
1817 space on the left or right. */
1818 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1820 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1821 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1823 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, false);
1824 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1825 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, false);
1830 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1835 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1837 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1838 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1839 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1842 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1846 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, false);
1847 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1848 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, false);
1851 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1852 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1853 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1854 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, false);
1855 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1856 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
,
1865 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, false);
1866 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1867 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, false);
1873 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1876 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1878 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1882 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1883 of S to the right of that box line. */
1884 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1885 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1886 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1892 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1894 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1895 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1897 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1900 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1901 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1905 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1906 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1907 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1908 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1909 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1910 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1913 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1915 sprintf (buf
, "%0*X",
1916 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1917 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
+ 0u);
1923 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1926 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1927 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1929 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1930 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1932 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1933 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1934 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1936 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1937 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1938 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1941 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1942 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
1943 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1944 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1945 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1946 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1950 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1954 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1955 cannot be determined. */
1957 static struct frame
*
1958 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1960 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1961 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
1964 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1966 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1967 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1968 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1969 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1970 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1971 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1973 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1974 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1975 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
1979 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1980 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
1981 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1987 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1988 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1989 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1990 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1991 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1992 Value is true if successful. */
1995 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1996 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1998 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1999 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
2002 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
2005 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
2006 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
2008 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
2010 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) offsetof (WidgetRec
, core
.screen
),
2012 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) offsetof (WidgetRec
, core
.colormap
),
2017 /* The address of this variable is returned by
2018 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
2020 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
2023 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
2025 DPY is the display we are working on.
2027 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
2028 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
2029 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
2030 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
2032 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
2033 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
2035 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
2036 we allocated the color or not.
2038 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
2041 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
2042 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
2043 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
2053 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
2054 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
2056 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
2060 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
2061 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
2062 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
2064 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
2066 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
2067 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
2069 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
2071 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
2072 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
2074 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
2075 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
2077 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
2078 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
2083 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
2085 params
[0] = color_name
;
2086 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
2087 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
2088 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color '%s'",
2093 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
2095 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
2097 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
2101 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
2105 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
2106 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
2109 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
2114 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
2115 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
2116 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
2118 APP is the application context in which we work.
2120 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
2121 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
2122 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
2124 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
2127 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
2132 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
2134 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
2137 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
2139 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
2140 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
2141 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
2142 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
2143 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
2148 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
2151 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
2152 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
2153 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
2154 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
2156 static const XColor
*
2157 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
2159 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
2161 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
2163 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
2164 int ncolor_cells
= XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
2167 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= xnmalloc (ncolor_cells
,
2168 sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
2169 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= ncolor_cells
;
2171 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
2172 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
2174 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
2175 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, ncolor_cells
);
2178 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
2179 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
2183 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
2184 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
2187 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
2189 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
2191 if (dpyinfo
->red_bits
> 0)
2193 /* For TrueColor displays, we can decompose the RGB value
2196 unsigned int rmult
, gmult
, bmult
;
2197 unsigned int rmask
, gmask
, bmask
;
2199 rmask
= (1 << dpyinfo
->red_bits
) - 1;
2200 gmask
= (1 << dpyinfo
->green_bits
) - 1;
2201 bmask
= (1 << dpyinfo
->blue_bits
) - 1;
2202 /* If we're widening, for example, 8 bits in the pixel value to
2203 16 bits for the separate-color representation, we want to
2204 extrapolate the lower bits based on those bits available --
2205 in other words, we'd like 0xff to become 0xffff instead of
2206 the 0xff00 we'd get by just zero-filling the lower bits.
2208 We generate a 32-bit scaled-up value and shift it, in case
2209 the bit count doesn't divide 16 evenly (e.g., when dealing
2210 with a 3-3-2 bit RGB display), to get more of the lower bits
2213 Should we cache the multipliers in dpyinfo? Maybe
2214 special-case the 8-8-8 common case? */
2215 rmult
= 0xffffffff / rmask
;
2216 gmult
= 0xffffffff / gmask
;
2217 bmult
= 0xffffffff / bmask
;
2219 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
2221 unsigned int r
, g
, b
;
2222 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
2224 r
= (pixel
>> dpyinfo
->red_offset
) & rmask
;
2225 g
= (pixel
>> dpyinfo
->green_offset
) & gmask
;
2226 b
= (pixel
>> dpyinfo
->blue_offset
) & bmask
;
2228 colors
[i
].red
= (r
* rmult
) >> 16;
2229 colors
[i
].green
= (g
* gmult
) >> 16;
2230 colors
[i
].blue
= (b
* bmult
) >> 16;
2235 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
2238 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
2240 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
2241 eassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
2242 eassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
2243 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
2248 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
2252 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
2253 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
2256 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
2258 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
2262 /* On frame F, translate the color name to RGB values. Use cached
2263 information, if possible.
2265 Note that there is currently no way to clean old entries out of the
2266 cache. However, it is limited to names in the server's database,
2267 and names we've actually looked up; list-colors-display is probably
2268 the most color-intensive case we're likely to hit. */
2270 Status
x_parse_color (struct frame
*f
, const char *color_name
,
2273 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2274 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
2275 struct color_name_cache_entry
*cache_entry
;
2277 if (color_name
[0] == '#')
2279 /* The hex form is parsed directly by XParseColor without
2280 talking to the X server. No need for caching. */
2281 return XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, color
);
2284 for (cache_entry
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->color_names
; cache_entry
;
2285 cache_entry
= cache_entry
->next
)
2287 if (!xstrcasecmp(cache_entry
->name
, color_name
))
2289 *color
= cache_entry
->rgb
;
2294 if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, color
) == 0)
2295 /* No caching of negative results, currently. */
2298 cache_entry
= xzalloc (sizeof *cache_entry
);
2299 cache_entry
->rgb
= *color
;
2300 cache_entry
->name
= xstrdup (color_name
);
2301 cache_entry
->next
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->color_names
;
2302 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->color_names
= cache_entry
;
2307 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
2308 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
2309 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
2313 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
2317 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
2320 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
2321 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
2322 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
2323 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
2325 int max_color_delta
= 255;
2326 int max_delta
= 3 * max_color_delta
;
2327 int nearest_delta
= max_delta
+ 1;
2329 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
2331 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
2333 int dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
2334 int dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
2335 int dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
2336 int delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
2338 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
2341 nearest_delta
= delta
;
2345 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
2346 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
2347 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
2348 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
2352 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
2353 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
2354 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
2355 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
2356 XColor
*cached_color
;
2358 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
2359 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
2360 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
2361 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
2362 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
2364 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
2365 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
2366 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
2370 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
2372 register_color (color
->pixel
);
2373 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
2379 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP, after
2380 gamma correction. If an exact match can't be allocated, try the
2381 nearest color available. Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR
2382 to the color allocated. */
2385 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
2387 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
2389 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
2391 if (dpyinfo
->red_bits
> 0)
2393 color
->pixel
= x_make_truecolor_pixel (dpyinfo
,
2400 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
2404 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
2405 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
2406 get color reference counts right. */
2409 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, unsigned long pixel
)
2413 /* If display has an immutable color map, freeing colors is not
2414 necessary and some servers don't allow it. Since we won't free a
2415 color once we've allocated it, we don't need to re-allocate it to
2416 maintain the server's reference count. */
2417 if (!x_mutable_colormap (FRAME_X_VISUAL (f
)))
2420 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
2422 /* The color could still be found in the color_cells array. */
2423 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
2424 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
2426 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
2427 register_color (pixel
);
2433 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
2436 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
2437 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
2438 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
2439 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
2440 use an additional additive factor.
2442 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
2443 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
2444 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
2447 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
2448 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
2449 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
2450 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
2451 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
2452 Value is non-zero if successful. */
2455 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
2456 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
2462 /* Get RGB color values. */
2463 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
2464 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
2466 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
2467 eassert (factor
>= 0);
2468 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
2469 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
2470 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
2472 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
2473 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
2475 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
2476 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
2477 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
2478 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
2479 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
2481 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
2482 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
2483 /* The additive adjustment. */
2484 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
2488 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
2489 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
2490 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
2494 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
2495 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
2496 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
2500 /* Try to allocate the color. */
2501 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
2504 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
2506 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
2507 delta to the RGB values. */
2508 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
2510 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
2511 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
2512 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
2513 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
2524 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
2525 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
2526 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
2527 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
2528 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
2529 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
2532 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
,
2533 int delta
, unsigned long default_pixel
)
2536 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
2537 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
2538 unsigned long pixel
;
2539 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
2540 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
2541 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
2542 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2544 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
2545 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
2547 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
2548 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
2549 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
2550 if (relief
->gc
&& relief
->pixel
!= -1)
2552 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
2556 /* Allocate new color. */
2557 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
2559 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
2560 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
2561 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
2563 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
2565 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
2567 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
2570 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2574 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
2577 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2579 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
2580 unsigned long color
;
2582 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
2583 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
2584 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
2586 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
2587 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2592 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2593 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2594 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2597 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2598 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2600 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2601 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2602 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2603 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2604 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2609 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2610 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2611 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P means draw a raised
2612 relief. LEFT_P means draw a relief on the left side of
2613 the rectangle. RIGHT_P means draw a relief on the right
2614 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2618 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
2619 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
,
2620 int width
, bool raised_p
, bool top_p
, bool bot_p
,
2621 bool left_p
, bool right_p
,
2622 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2625 GC top_left_gc
, bottom_right_gc
;
2630 top_left_gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2631 bottom_right_gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2635 top_left_gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2636 bottom_right_gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2639 x_set_clip_rectangles (f
, top_left_gc
, clip_rect
, 1);
2640 x_set_clip_rectangles (f
, bottom_right_gc
, clip_rect
, 1);
2644 x_fill_rectangle (f
, top_left_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2645 width
, bottom_y
+ 1 - top_y
);
2647 corners
|= 1 << CORNER_TOP_LEFT
;
2649 corners
|= 1 << CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT
;
2653 x_fill_rectangle (f
, bottom_right_gc
, right_x
+ 1 - width
, top_y
,
2654 width
, bottom_y
+ 1 - top_y
);
2656 corners
|= 1 << CORNER_TOP_RIGHT
;
2658 corners
|= 1 << CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT
;
2663 x_fill_rectangle (f
, top_left_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2664 right_x
+ 1 - left_x
, width
);
2666 x_fill_trapezoid_for_relief (f
, top_left_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2667 right_x
+ 1 - left_x
, width
, 1);
2672 x_fill_rectangle (f
, bottom_right_gc
, left_x
, bottom_y
+ 1 - width
,
2673 right_x
+ 1 - left_x
, width
);
2675 x_fill_trapezoid_for_relief (f
, bottom_right_gc
,
2676 left_x
, bottom_y
+ 1 - width
,
2677 right_x
+ 1 - left_x
, width
, 0);
2679 if (left_p
&& width
!= 1)
2680 x_fill_rectangle (f
, bottom_right_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2681 1, bottom_y
+ 1 - top_y
);
2682 if (top_p
&& width
!= 1)
2683 x_fill_rectangle (f
, bottom_right_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2684 right_x
+ 1 - left_x
, 1);
2687 XSetBackground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), top_left_gc
,
2688 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
2689 x_erase_corners_for_relief (f
, top_left_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2690 right_x
- left_x
+ 1, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1,
2694 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, top_left_gc
);
2695 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, bottom_right_gc
);
2697 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2698 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2703 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2705 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2706 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2708 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
2709 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
2710 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
2717 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2718 left_x
+ left_p
, top_y
,
2719 right_x
+ !right_p
, top_y
);
2721 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2722 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2723 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2724 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2731 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2733 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2734 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2736 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
2737 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2738 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
2739 left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
2742 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2744 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2746 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2747 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2751 /* Outermost top line. */
2753 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2754 left_x
+ left_p
, top_y
,
2755 right_x
+ !right_p
, top_y
);
2757 /* Outermost left line. */
2759 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2765 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2766 left_x
+ left_p
, bottom_y
,
2767 right_x
+ !right_p
, bottom_y
);
2768 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2769 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2770 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2771 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2777 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2778 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2779 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2780 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2781 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
2782 right_x
- i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
2785 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, gc
);
2791 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2792 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2793 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P means draw a line on the
2794 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P means draw a line
2795 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2796 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2799 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2800 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2801 bool left_p
, bool right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2805 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2806 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2807 x_set_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, s
->gc
, clip_rect
, 1);
2810 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
2811 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2815 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
2816 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2819 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
2820 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2824 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
2825 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2827 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2828 x_reset_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, s
->gc
);
2832 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2835 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2837 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
;
2838 bool raised_p
, left_p
, right_p
;
2839 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2840 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2842 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2843 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2844 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2846 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2847 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2849 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2851 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2852 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2854 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2856 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2858 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2860 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2861 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2863 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2864 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2865 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2867 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2869 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2871 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2872 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2873 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2876 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2877 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2878 width
, raised_p
, true, true, left_p
, right_p
,
2884 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2887 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2890 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2892 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2893 right of that line. */
2894 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2895 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2897 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2899 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2901 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2902 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2903 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2904 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2910 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2911 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2912 trust on the shape extension to be available
2913 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2915 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2918 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2920 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2921 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2922 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2923 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2924 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2926 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2929 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2930 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2931 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2932 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2933 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2934 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2938 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2940 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2943 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2944 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2945 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2946 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2947 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2948 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2950 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2951 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2952 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2953 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2954 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2955 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2956 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2958 int relief
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2959 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
2960 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2961 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2962 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2967 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2968 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2969 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2973 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2976 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2979 bool raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
;
2980 int extra_x
, extra_y
;
2983 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2985 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2986 right of that line. */
2987 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2988 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2990 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2992 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2994 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2995 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2996 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2997 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2999 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
3000 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
3002 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
3003 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
3007 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
3008 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
3011 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
- 1;
3012 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
- 1;
3014 extra_x
= extra_y
= 0;
3015 if (s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
)
3017 if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)
3018 && INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
3019 && INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)))
3021 extra_x
= XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
3022 extra_y
= XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
3024 else if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
3025 extra_x
= extra_y
= XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
);
3028 top_p
= bot_p
= left_p
= right_p
= false;
3030 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
3031 x
-= thick
+ extra_x
, left_p
= true;
3032 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
3033 y
-= thick
+ extra_y
, top_p
= true;
3034 if (s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
)
3035 x1
+= thick
+ extra_x
, right_p
= true;
3036 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
)
3037 y1
+= thick
+ extra_y
, bot_p
= true;
3039 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
3040 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
3041 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x
, y
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
3042 top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &r
);
3046 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
3049 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
3052 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
3054 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
3055 right of that line. */
3056 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
3057 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
3059 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
3061 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
3063 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
3064 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
3065 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
3066 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
3072 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
3073 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
3074 trust on the shape extension to be available
3075 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
3077 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
3081 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
3082 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
3083 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
3084 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
3085 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
3087 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
3088 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
3089 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
3090 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
3094 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
3095 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
3096 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
3098 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
3099 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
3100 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
3101 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
3102 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
3103 nothing here for mouse-face. */
3104 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
3106 int r
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
3107 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
3108 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
3109 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
3114 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
3115 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
3116 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
3120 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
3121 give the rectangle to draw. */
3124 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
3128 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
3129 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
3130 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
3131 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
3134 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
3138 /* Draw image glyph string S.
3141 s->x +-------------------------
3144 | +-------------------------
3147 | | +-------------------
3153 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
3155 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
3156 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
3158 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
3161 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
3162 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
3163 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
3164 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
3166 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
3167 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
3169 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
3170 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
3174 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
3175 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
3179 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
3180 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
3181 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
3182 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
3183 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
3185 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
3186 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
3187 s
->background_width
,
3190 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
3192 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
3194 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
3197 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
3198 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
3199 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
3200 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
3201 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
3202 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
3203 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
3208 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
3210 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
3211 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
3212 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
3213 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3220 int width
= s
->background_width
;
3222 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
3225 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
3226 width
-= box_line_hwidth
;
3229 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
3230 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
3232 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
3235 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
3238 /* Draw the foreground. */
3240 if (s
->img
->cr_data
)
3242 cairo_t
*cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (s
->f
, s
->gc
);
3244 int x
= s
->x
+ s
->img
->hmargin
;
3245 int y
= s
->y
+ s
->img
->vmargin
;
3246 int width
= s
->background_width
;
3248 cairo_set_source_surface (cr
, s
->img
->cr_data
,
3251 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
3253 x_end_cr_clip (s
->f
);
3259 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
3260 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
3261 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
3262 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
3263 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
3266 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
3268 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
3270 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
3271 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
3272 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
3276 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
3279 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
3281 eassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
3283 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
3284 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
3286 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
3287 wide as the stretch glyph. */
3288 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
3291 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
3293 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
3297 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
3303 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
3305 int right_x
= window_box_right (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
3307 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
3308 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
3309 x
+= background_width
;
3311 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
3312 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
3316 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
3318 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
3319 if (width
< background_width
)
3322 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
3326 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
3330 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
3331 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
3333 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
3339 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
3340 x_set_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, gc
, &r
, 1);
3342 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
3344 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
3345 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
3346 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
3347 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
3352 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
3353 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
3354 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
3355 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3358 x_reset_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, gc
);
3361 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
3363 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
3364 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
3366 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
3367 except for header line and mode line. */
3368 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
3370 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
3373 if (background_width
> 0)
3374 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
3377 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
3381 Draw a wavy line under S. The wave fills wave_height pixels from y0.
3387 wave_height = 3 | * * * *
3392 x_draw_underwave (struct glyph_string
*s
)
3394 int wave_height
= 3, wave_length
= 2;
3396 x_draw_horizontal_wave (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->ybase
- wave_height
+ 3,
3397 s
->width
, wave_height
, wave_length
);
3398 #else /* not USE_CAIRO */
3399 int dx
, dy
, x0
, y0
, width
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
, xmax
;
3401 XRectangle wave_clip
, string_clip
, final_clip
;
3404 dy
= wave_height
- 1;
3406 y0
= s
->ybase
- wave_height
+ 3;
3410 /* Find and set clipping rectangle */
3414 wave_clip
.width
= width
;
3415 wave_clip
.height
= wave_height
;
3416 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &string_clip
);
3418 if (!x_intersect_rectangles (&wave_clip
, &string_clip
, &final_clip
))
3421 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &final_clip
, 1, Unsorted
);
3423 /* Draw the waves */
3425 x1
= x0
- (x0
% dx
);
3427 odd
= (x1
/ dx
) & 1;
3435 if (INT_MAX
- dx
< xmax
)
3440 XDrawLine (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
);
3442 x2
+= dx
, y2
= y0
+ odd
*dy
;
3446 /* Restore previous clipping rectangle(s) */
3447 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, s
->clip
, s
->num_clips
, Unsorted
);
3448 #endif /* not USE_CAIRO */
3452 /* Draw glyph string S. */
3455 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
3457 bool relief_drawn_p
= false;
3459 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
3460 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
3461 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
3462 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
3465 struct glyph_string
*next
;
3467 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
3468 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
3469 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
3470 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
3472 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
3473 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
3474 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
3475 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
3477 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, true);
3478 next
->num_clips
= 0;
3482 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
3483 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
3485 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
3486 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
3487 if (!s
->for_overlaps
3488 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
3489 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
3490 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
3493 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
3494 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, true);
3495 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
3496 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
3497 relief_drawn_p
= true;
3499 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
3501 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
3502 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
3503 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
3504 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
3505 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
3506 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
3508 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
3510 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
3513 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
3517 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
3521 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
3522 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
3524 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, false);
3525 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
3528 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
3529 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
3530 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
3531 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
3533 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, true);
3534 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
3537 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
3538 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
3539 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
3541 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, true);
3542 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
3549 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
3551 /* Draw underline. */
3552 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
3554 if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_WAVE
)
3556 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
3557 x_draw_underwave (s
);
3561 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
3562 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
3563 x_draw_underwave (s
);
3564 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3567 else if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
3569 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
3572 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
3573 && s
->prev
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
3575 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
3576 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
3577 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
3581 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
3582 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
3583 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
3586 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
3587 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
3590 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
3591 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
3592 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
3593 specs, and its default is
3595 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
3596 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
3598 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
3599 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
3600 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
3602 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
3604 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
3606 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
3608 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
3609 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
3610 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
3611 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
3612 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
3613 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
3614 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
3615 s
->underline_position
= position
;
3616 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
3617 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
3618 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
3619 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
3623 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
3624 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
3625 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
3626 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
3627 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3631 /* Draw overline. */
3632 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
3634 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
3636 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
3637 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3642 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
3643 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
3644 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3646 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3650 /* Draw strike-through. */
3651 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
3653 unsigned long h
= 1;
3654 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
3656 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
3657 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3662 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
3663 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
3664 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3666 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3670 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
3671 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
3672 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
3676 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
3678 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
3679 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
3680 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
3682 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
3683 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
3684 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
3687 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
3688 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
3689 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
3690 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
3692 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
3693 x_reset_clip_rectangles (prev
->f
, prev
->gc
);
3695 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
3701 struct glyph_string
*next
;
3703 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
3704 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
3705 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
3707 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
3708 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
3709 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
3712 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
3713 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
3714 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
3715 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
3717 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
3718 x_reset_clip_rectangles (next
->f
, next
->gc
);
3720 next
->num_clips
= 0;
3721 next
->clip_head
= s
->next
;
3726 /* Reset clipping. */
3727 x_reset_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, s
->gc
);
3731 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
3734 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
3736 /* Never called on a GUI frame, see
3737 http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/emacs-devel/2015-05/msg00456.html
3739 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3740 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3741 x
, y
, width
, height
,
3745 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
3749 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
3755 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
3756 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
3759 x_clear_area1 (Display
*dpy
, Window window
,
3760 int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int exposures
)
3762 eassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
3763 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
3768 x_clear_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
3773 eassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
3775 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, NULL
);
3776 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_background (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
);
3777 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
3781 x_clear_area1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3782 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
3787 /* Clear an entire frame. */
3790 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
3792 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
3794 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
3800 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
3801 something like that, then they should be notified. */
3802 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
3804 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3805 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
3806 redisplay, do it here. */
3807 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
3808 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3811 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3816 /* RIF: Show hourglass cursor on frame F. */
3819 x_show_hourglass (struct frame
*f
)
3821 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
3825 struct x_output
*x
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
);
3826 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3829 if (FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
))
3832 x
->hourglass_p
= true;
3834 if (!x
->hourglass_window
)
3836 unsigned long mask
= CWCursor
;
3837 XSetWindowAttributes attrs
;
3839 Window parent
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
3841 Window parent
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
3843 attrs
.cursor
= x
->hourglass_cursor
;
3845 x
->hourglass_window
= XCreateWindow
3846 (dpy
, parent
, 0, 0, 32000, 32000, 0, 0,
3847 InputOnly
, CopyFromParent
, mask
, &attrs
);
3850 XMapRaised (dpy
, x
->hourglass_window
);
3856 /* RIF: Cancel hourglass cursor on frame F. */
3859 x_hide_hourglass (struct frame
*f
)
3861 struct x_output
*x
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
);
3863 /* Watch out for newly created frames. */
3864 if (x
->hourglass_window
)
3866 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), x
->hourglass_window
);
3867 /* Sync here because XTread_socket looks at the
3868 hourglass_p flag that is reset to zero below. */
3869 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
3870 x
->hourglass_p
= false;
3874 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
3877 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
3883 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
3884 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
3885 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3887 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
3888 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
3889 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
3890 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3892 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
3896 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3899 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3900 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3901 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3902 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
3903 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3904 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3905 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, true, x, y, w, h)
3906 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3907 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
3910 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3911 pixels into background pixels. */
3915 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3916 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3917 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3919 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3920 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3924 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3925 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
3926 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3927 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3928 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3929 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3930 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3931 int width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3933 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3934 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3936 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3938 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3939 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3940 width
, flash_height
);
3941 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3943 (height
- flash_height
3944 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3945 width
, flash_height
);
3949 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3950 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3951 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3952 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3957 struct timespec delay
= make_timespec (0, 150 * 1000 * 1000);
3958 struct timespec wakeup
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), delay
);
3960 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3962 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3964 struct timespec current
= current_timespec ();
3965 struct timespec timeout
;
3967 /* Break if result would not be positive. */
3968 if (timespec_cmp (wakeup
, current
) <= 0)
3971 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3972 timeout
= make_timespec (0, 10 * 1000 * 1000);
3974 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3975 pselect (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
, NULL
);
3979 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3980 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3982 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3984 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3985 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3986 width
, flash_height
);
3987 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3989 (height
- flash_height
3990 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3991 width
, flash_height
);
3994 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3995 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3996 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3997 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
4003 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
4005 #undef XFillRectangle
4007 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
4018 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, bool invisible
)
4021 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->toggle_visible_pointer (f
, invisible
);
4026 /* Make audible bell. */
4029 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
4031 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
4039 XkbBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, 0, None
);
4041 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
4043 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4049 /***********************************************************************
4051 ***********************************************************************/
4053 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
4054 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
4057 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
4063 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
4066 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
4068 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4069 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
4071 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
4072 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
4074 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
4076 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
4077 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
4078 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
4082 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
4083 line at the bottom. */
4084 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
4085 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
4087 height
= run
->height
;
4091 /* Scrolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
4093 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
4094 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
4096 height
= run
->height
;
4101 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
4105 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
4107 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4108 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4109 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
4120 /***********************************************************************
4122 ***********************************************************************/
4126 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
4128 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
4129 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
4130 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
4131 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
4133 /* I recently started to get errors in this XSetWindowBorder, depending on
4134 the window-manager in use, tho something more is at play since I've been
4135 using that same window-manager binary for ever. Let's not crash just
4136 because of this (bug#9310). */
4137 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4138 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4139 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
4140 x_uncatch_errors ();
4142 x_update_cursor (f
, true);
4143 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
4147 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
4149 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
4150 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
4151 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
4152 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
4154 /* Same as above for XSetWindowBorder (bug#9310). */
4155 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4156 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4157 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
4158 x_uncatch_errors ();
4160 x_update_cursor (f
, true);
4161 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
4164 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
4165 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
4166 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
4167 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
4168 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
4171 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
4173 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
4175 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
4177 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
4178 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
4179 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
4181 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
4182 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
4184 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
4185 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
4187 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= NULL
;
4190 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
4193 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
4194 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
4195 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
4198 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
4200 if (type
== FocusIn
)
4202 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
4204 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
4205 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
4207 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
4208 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
4209 /* When run as a daemon, Vterminal_frame is always NIL. */
4210 bufp
->arg
= (((NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
4211 || ! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (Vterminal_frame
))
4212 || EQ (Fdaemonp (), Qt
))
4213 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
4214 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
4216 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
4217 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
4220 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
4223 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
4224 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
4227 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
4229 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
4231 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
4233 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
4234 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
4236 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_OUT_EVENT
;
4237 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
4241 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
4242 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
4244 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
4245 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, false);
4249 /* Return the Emacs frame-object corresponding to an X window.
4250 It could be the frame's main window or an icon window. */
4252 static struct frame
*
4253 x_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
4255 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4261 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4264 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
4266 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_window
== wdesc
)
4268 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4269 if ((f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
4270 && XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
) == wdesc
)
4271 /* A tooltip frame? */
4272 || (!f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
4273 && FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
4274 || f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
== wdesc
)
4276 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4278 if (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
)
4280 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
4281 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
4282 if (gwdesc
!= 0 && gwdesc
== x
->edit_widget
)
4285 #endif /* USE_GTK */
4286 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
4287 || f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
== wdesc
)
4289 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4294 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
4296 /* Like x_window_to_frame but also compares the window with the widget's
4299 static struct frame
*
4300 x_any_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
4302 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4303 struct frame
*f
, *found
= NULL
;
4309 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4314 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
4316 /* This frame matches if the window is any of its widgets. */
4317 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
4318 if (x
->hourglass_window
== wdesc
)
4323 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
4325 && gtk_widget_get_toplevel (gwdesc
) == x
->widget
)
4328 if (wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->widget
)
4329 || wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->column_widget
)
4330 || wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->edit_widget
))
4332 /* Match if the window is this frame's menubar. */
4333 else if (lw_window_is_in_menubar (wdesc
, x
->menubar_widget
))
4337 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
4338 /* A tooltip frame. */
4346 /* Likewise, but consider only the menu bar widget. */
4348 static struct frame
*
4349 x_menubar_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
,
4350 const XEvent
*event
)
4352 Window wdesc
= event
->xany
.window
;
4353 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4360 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4363 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
4365 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
4367 if (x
->menubar_widget
&& xg_event_is_for_menubar (f
, event
))
4370 /* Match if the window is this frame's menubar. */
4371 if (x
->menubar_widget
4372 && lw_window_is_in_menubar (wdesc
, x
->menubar_widget
))
4379 /* Return the frame whose principal (outermost) window is WDESC.
4380 If WDESC is some other (smaller) window, we return 0. */
4383 x_top_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
4385 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4392 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4395 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
4397 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
4401 /* This frame matches if the window is its topmost widget. */
4403 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
4404 if (gwdesc
== x
->widget
)
4407 if (wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->widget
))
4411 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
4412 /* Tooltip frame. */
4418 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT && !USE_GTK */
4420 #define x_any_window_to_frame(d, i) x_window_to_frame (d, i)
4421 #define x_top_window_to_frame(d, i) x_window_to_frame (d, i)
4423 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
4425 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
4426 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
4428 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
4431 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
,
4432 const XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
4437 switch (event
->type
)
4442 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
4444 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
4446 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
4447 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
4448 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
4449 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
4451 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
4457 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
4458 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
4459 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
4460 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
4464 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
4466 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
4467 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
4468 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
4475 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
4476 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
4479 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
4481 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
4485 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
4486 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
4487 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
4489 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
4490 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
4491 the appropriate X display info. */
4494 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
4496 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
4500 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
4502 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
4504 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
4506 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
4507 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
4508 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
4509 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
4510 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
4512 fset_focus_frame (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
, Qnil
);
4513 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
4517 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
4519 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
4522 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
4523 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
4524 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
4530 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
4532 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
4534 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
4536 int min_code
, max_code
;
4539 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
4541 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
4542 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
4543 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
4544 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
4545 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
4547 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
4549 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
4550 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
4552 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
4554 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
4555 Alt keysyms are on. */
4557 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
4558 bool found_alt_or_meta
;
4560 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
4562 found_alt_or_meta
= false;
4563 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
4565 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
4567 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
4571 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
4575 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
4577 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
4583 found_alt_or_meta
= true;
4584 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
4589 found_alt_or_meta
= true;
4590 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
4595 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
4596 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
4597 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
4598 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
4603 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
4604 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
4605 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
4606 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
4610 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
4611 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
4612 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
4613 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
4614 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
4623 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
4624 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
4626 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
4627 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
4630 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
4631 make them just meta, not alt. */
4632 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
4634 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
4638 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
4641 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
4645 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int state
)
4647 int mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
4648 int mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
4649 int mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
4650 int mod_super
= super_modifier
;
4653 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4654 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
4655 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4656 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
4657 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4658 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
4659 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4660 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
4662 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
4663 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
4664 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
4665 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
4666 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
4667 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
4671 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, EMACS_INT state
)
4673 EMACS_INT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
4674 EMACS_INT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
4675 EMACS_INT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
4676 EMACS_INT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
4680 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4681 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
4682 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4683 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
4684 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4685 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
4686 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4687 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
4690 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
4691 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
4692 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
4693 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
4694 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
4695 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
4698 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
4701 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
4706 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
4712 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah.
4714 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
4715 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
4716 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
4717 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
4719 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
4721 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
4722 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
4723 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
4724 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
4725 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
4726 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
4727 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
4728 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
4729 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
4732 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
4734 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
4738 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
,
4739 const XButtonEvent
*event
,
4742 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
4744 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
4745 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
4746 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
4747 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
4749 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
4753 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
4754 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
4755 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
4760 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
4761 The input handler calls this.
4763 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
4764 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
4765 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
4766 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
4769 note_mouse_movement (struct frame
*frame
, const XMotionEvent
*event
)
4772 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
4774 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
4777 dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
);
4778 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
4779 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_frame
= frame
;
4780 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_x
= event
->x
;
4781 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_y
= event
->y
;
4783 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
4785 frame
->mouse_moved
= true;
4786 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
4787 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
4788 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= NULL
;
4793 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
4794 r
= &dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph
;
4795 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
4796 || event
->x
< r
->x
|| event
->x
>= r
->x
+ r
->width
4797 || event
->y
< r
->y
|| event
->y
>= r
->y
+ r
->height
)
4799 frame
->mouse_moved
= true;
4800 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
4801 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
4802 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
4803 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, r
);
4804 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
4811 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
4812 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
4814 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
4815 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
4816 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
4817 position on the scroll bar.
4819 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
4820 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
4823 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
4824 was at this position.
4826 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
4828 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
4832 XTmouse_position (struct frame
**fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
4833 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
4837 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
);
4841 if (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
&& insist
== 0)
4843 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
4845 if (bar
->horizontal
)
4846 x_horizontal_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
4848 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
4855 Window dummy_window
;
4858 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
4860 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
4861 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4862 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
4863 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
4864 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= false;
4866 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
4868 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
4869 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4870 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
4872 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
4875 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
4876 a different screen. */
4879 /* The position on that root window. */
4882 /* More trash we can't trust. */
4885 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
4887 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
4889 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
4890 containing the pointer. */
4894 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
4898 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
4899 structure is changing at the same time this function
4900 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
4902 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
4904 if (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
))
4906 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
4907 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
4908 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4914 FRAME_X_WINDOW (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
),
4916 /* From-position, to-position. */
4917 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4921 f1
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
;
4927 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4929 /* From-window, to-window. */
4932 /* From-position, to-position. */
4933 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4938 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
4941 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4942 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
4943 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
4944 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
4945 if (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
))
4953 /* Now we know that:
4954 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
4955 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
4956 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
4957 (XTC did this the last time through), and
4958 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
4959 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
4960 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
4961 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
4962 never use them in that case.) */
4965 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4966 want the edit window. */
4967 f1
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
);
4969 /* Is win one of our frames? */
4970 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
);
4973 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4974 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
4977 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
4978 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
4980 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4983 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
4986 x_uncatch_errors_after_check ();
4988 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
4991 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4993 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
, 2);
4997 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5003 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
5004 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
5008 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
5009 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
5010 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
5011 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
5012 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
5013 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
5014 the frame are divided into. */
5016 /* FIXME: what if F1 is not an X frame? */
5017 dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f1
);
5018 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph
);
5019 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
5024 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
5025 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
5026 *timestamp
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
;
5036 /***********************************************************************
5038 ***********************************************************************/
5040 /* Scroll bar support. */
5042 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
5044 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
5047 static struct scroll_bar
*
5048 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
, int type
)
5050 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
5052 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
5053 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
5054 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5056 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
5058 Lisp_Object bar
, condemned
;
5060 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
5063 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
5065 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
5066 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
5067 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
5068 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
5069 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
5072 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5073 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
5074 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
5076 || (type
== 1 && XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->horizontal
)
5077 || (type
== 0 && !XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->horizontal
)))
5078 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5085 #if defined USE_LUCID
5087 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
5088 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
5091 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
5093 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
5095 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
5096 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
5098 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
5100 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
5106 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
5109 /************************************************************************
5111 ************************************************************************/
5113 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5115 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, enum scroll_bar_part
,
5118 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
5119 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
5121 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
5123 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
5124 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
5127 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
5129 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
5130 static XtActionHookId horizontal_action_hook_id
;
5132 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
5134 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
5135 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
5136 to avoid jerkiness. */
5138 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
5140 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
5141 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
5142 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
5143 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
5146 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
5147 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
5150 const char *end_action
;
5153 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
5154 end_action
= "Release";
5155 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
5156 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
5157 end_action
= "EndScroll";
5158 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
5161 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
5162 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
5165 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5167 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
5168 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0, false);
5169 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
5170 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5172 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5175 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
5176 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
5178 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
5179 #if defined (USE_LUCID)
5180 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
5182 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
5183 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= false;
5189 xt_horizontal_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
5190 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
5193 const char *end_action
;
5196 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
5197 end_action
= "Release";
5198 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
5199 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
5200 end_action
= "EndScroll";
5201 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
5204 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
5205 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
5208 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5210 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
5211 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0, true);
5212 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
5213 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
);
5215 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5218 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
5219 set_horizontal_scroll_bar (w
);
5221 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
5222 #if defined (USE_LUCID)
5223 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
5225 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
5226 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= false;
5229 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5231 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
5232 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
5233 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
5234 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
5237 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, enum scroll_bar_part part
,
5238 int portion
, int whole
, bool horizontal
)
5241 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= &event
.xclient
;
5242 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
5243 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5244 intptr_t iw
= (intptr_t) w
;
5245 enum { BITS_PER_INTPTR
= CHAR_BIT
* sizeof iw
};
5246 verify (BITS_PER_INTPTR
<= 64);
5247 int sign_shift
= BITS_PER_INTPTR
- 32;
5251 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
5252 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
5253 ev
->message_type
= (horizontal
5254 ? FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Horizontal_Scrollbar
5255 : FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
);
5256 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
5257 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
5260 /* A 32-bit X client on a 64-bit X server can pass a window pointer
5261 as-is. A 64-bit client on a 32-bit X server is in trouble
5262 because a pointer does not fit and would be truncated while
5263 passing through the server. So use two slots and hope that X12
5264 will resolve such issues someday. */
5265 ev
->data
.l
[0] = iw
>> 31 >> 1;
5266 ev
->data
.l
[1] = sign_shift
<= 0 ? iw
: iw
<< sign_shift
>> sign_shift
;
5267 ev
->data
.l
[2] = part
;
5268 ev
->data
.l
[3] = portion
;
5269 ev
->data
.l
[4] = whole
;
5271 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
5272 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5273 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= true;
5274 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
5277 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
5278 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
5279 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
5280 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
5285 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
5289 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (const XEvent
*event
,
5290 struct input_event
*ievent
)
5292 const XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= &event
->xclient
;
5296 /* See the comment in the function above. */
5297 intptr_t iw0
= ev
->data
.l
[0];
5298 intptr_t iw1
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
5299 intptr_t iw
= (iw0
<< 31 << 1) + (iw1
& 0xffffffffu
);
5300 w
= (struct window
*) iw
;
5302 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
5304 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5305 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
5308 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
5311 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
5314 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
5315 ievent
->x
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[3]);
5316 ievent
->y
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[4]);
5317 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
5320 /* Transform a horizontal scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs
5321 input event in *IEVENT. */
5324 x_horizontal_scroll_bar_to_input_event (const XEvent
*event
,
5325 struct input_event
*ievent
)
5327 const XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= &event
->xclient
;
5331 /* See the comment in the function above. */
5332 intptr_t iw0
= ev
->data
.l
[0];
5333 intptr_t iw1
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
5334 intptr_t iw
= (iw0
<< 31 << 1) + (iw1
& 0xffffffffu
);
5335 w
= (struct window
*) iw
;
5337 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
5339 ievent
->kind
= HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5340 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
5343 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
5346 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
5349 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
5350 ievent
->x
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[3]);
5351 ievent
->y
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[4]);
5352 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
5358 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
5360 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
5362 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
5363 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
5364 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
5367 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
5369 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
5370 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= call_data
;
5371 enum scroll_bar_part part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
5372 bool horizontal
= bar
->horizontal
;
5373 int whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
5377 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
5379 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_left_arrow
: scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
5382 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
5384 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_right_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
5387 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
5389 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_before_handle
: scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5392 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
5394 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_after_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5399 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_to_leftmost
: scroll_bar_to_top
;
5402 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
5404 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_to_rightmost
: scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
5412 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
5417 portion
= bar
->whole
* ((float)cs
->value
/ XM_SB_MAX
);
5418 whole
= bar
->whole
* ((float)(XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
) / XM_SB_MAX
);
5419 portion
= min (portion
, whole
);
5420 part
= scroll_bar_horizontal_handle
;
5424 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
5425 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
5426 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5429 bar
->dragging
= cs
->value
;
5433 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5437 if (part
!= scroll_bar_nowhere
)
5439 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
5440 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
,
5445 #elif defined USE_GTK
5447 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
5448 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
5451 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
5452 GtkScrollType scroll
,
5456 int whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
5457 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
5458 enum scroll_bar_part part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
5459 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
5460 struct frame
*f
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
5462 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return false;
5466 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
5467 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
5468 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
5469 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
5471 if (bar
->horizontal
)
5473 part
= scroll_bar_horizontal_handle
;
5474 whole
= (int)(gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
5475 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
));
5476 portion
= min ((int)value
, whole
);
5477 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
5481 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5482 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
5483 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
5484 portion
= min ((int)value
, whole
);
5485 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
5489 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
5490 part
= (bar
->horizontal
5491 ? scroll_bar_left_arrow
: scroll_bar_up_arrow
);
5494 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
5495 part
= (bar
->horizontal
5496 ? scroll_bar_right_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
);
5499 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
5500 part
= (bar
->horizontal
5501 ? scroll_bar_before_handle
: scroll_bar_above_handle
);
5504 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
5505 part
= (bar
->horizontal
5506 ? scroll_bar_after_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
);
5513 if (part
!= scroll_bar_nowhere
)
5515 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
5516 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
,
5523 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to -1 when dragging is done. */
5526 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
5527 GdkEventButton
*event
,
5530 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
5532 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
5534 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
5535 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0, bar
->horizontal
);
5536 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
5543 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
5545 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
5546 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
5547 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
5551 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
5553 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
5554 float *top_addr
= call_data
;
5555 float top
= *top_addr
;
5557 int whole
, portion
, height
, width
;
5558 enum scroll_bar_part part
;
5559 bool horizontal
= bar
->horizontal
;
5564 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
5566 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNwidth
, &width
, NULL
);
5571 whole
= bar
->whole
- (shown
* bar
->whole
);
5572 portion
= min (top
* bar
->whole
, whole
);
5580 part
= scroll_bar_horizontal_handle
;
5584 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
5586 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
5590 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
5592 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0f
/ height
))
5593 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
5594 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
5595 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
5596 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
5598 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
5600 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5603 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
5604 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
5605 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
5606 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
, bar
->horizontal
);
5610 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
5611 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
5612 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
5613 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
5614 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
5615 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
5616 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
5619 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
5621 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
5622 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
5623 int position
= (intptr_t) call_data
;
5624 Dimension height
, width
;
5625 enum scroll_bar_part part
;
5627 if (bar
->horizontal
)
5629 /* Get the width of the scroll bar. */
5631 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNwidth
, &width
, NULL
);
5634 if (eabs (position
) >= width
)
5635 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_before_handle
: scroll_bar_after_handle
;
5637 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
5638 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
5639 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, width
/ 20))
5640 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_left_arrow
: scroll_bar_right_arrow
;
5642 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
5644 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
5646 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
5647 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, width
,
5653 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
5655 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
5658 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
5659 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5661 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
5662 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
5663 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
5664 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
5666 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
5668 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
5670 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
5671 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
,
5676 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
5678 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
5679 #define SCROLL_BAR_HORIZONTAL_NAME "horizontalScrollBar"
5681 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
5682 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
5686 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5688 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
5691 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
5692 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
5698 x_create_horizontal_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5700 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_HORIZONTAL_NAME
;
5703 xg_create_horizontal_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
5704 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
5709 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5712 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5718 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
5719 unsigned long pixel
;
5724 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
5725 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
5726 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
5727 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
5728 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
5729 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
5730 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
5731 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
5733 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
5736 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
5740 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5743 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
5747 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
5748 (char *) scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
5750 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
5751 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5753 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5755 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5757 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5759 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5761 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5763 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5766 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
5767 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
5769 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
5770 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
5771 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
5772 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
5774 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
5776 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
5777 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
5778 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
5779 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
5780 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
5781 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
5782 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
5783 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
5785 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
5788 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
5792 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5795 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
5799 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
5801 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
5802 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
5804 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5807 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5808 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
5809 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
5811 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
5814 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
5816 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5819 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5820 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
5821 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
5823 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
5827 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
5828 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
5829 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
5830 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
5831 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
5832 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
5833 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
5836 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
5837 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
5841 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
5842 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
5843 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
5845 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
5847 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
5850 /* Specify the colors. */
5851 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
5854 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
5857 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
5860 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
5866 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
5867 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
5870 char const *initial
= "";
5871 char const *val
= initial
;
5872 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
5873 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
5874 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
5876 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
5877 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
5878 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
5879 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
5880 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
5881 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
5885 /* Define callbacks. */
5886 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
5887 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
5890 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
5891 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
5893 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
5895 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
5896 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
5897 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
5898 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
5900 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
5901 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
5902 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
5903 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
5905 bar
->horizontal
= false;
5911 x_create_horizontal_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5917 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_HORIZONTAL_NAME
;
5918 unsigned long pixel
;
5923 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
5924 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
5925 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
5926 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
5927 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmHORIZONTAL
); ++ac
;
5928 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_RIGHT
), ++ac
;
5929 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
5930 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
5932 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
5935 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
5939 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5942 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
5946 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
5947 (char *) scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
5949 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
5950 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5952 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5954 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5956 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5958 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5960 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5962 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5965 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
5966 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
5968 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
5969 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
5970 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
5971 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
5973 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
5975 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
5976 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
5977 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
5978 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
5979 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
5980 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientHorizontal
); ++ac
;
5981 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
5982 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
5984 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
5987 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
5991 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5994 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
5998 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
6000 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
6001 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
6003 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
6006 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
6007 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
6008 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
6010 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
6013 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
6015 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
6018 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
6019 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
6020 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
6022 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
6026 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
6027 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
6028 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
6029 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
6030 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
6031 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
6032 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
6035 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
6036 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
6040 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
6041 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
6042 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
6044 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
6046 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
6049 /* Specify the colors. */
6050 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
6053 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
6056 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
6059 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
6065 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
6066 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
6069 char const *initial
= "";
6070 char const *val
= initial
;
6071 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
6072 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
6073 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
6075 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
6076 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
6077 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
6078 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
6079 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
6080 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
6084 /* Define callbacks. */
6085 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
6086 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
6089 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
6090 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
6092 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
6094 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
6095 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
6096 if (horizontal_action_hook_id
== 0)
6097 horizontal_action_hook_id
6098 = XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_horizontal_action_hook
, 0);
6100 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
6101 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
6102 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
6103 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
6105 bar
->horizontal
= true;
6109 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6112 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
6113 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
6117 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
6119 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
6123 x_set_toolkit_horizontal_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
6125 xg_set_toolkit_horizontal_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
6128 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6130 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
6133 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
6134 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
6141 if (scroll_bar_adjust_thumb_portion_p
)
6143 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
6144 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
6145 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
6146 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
6147 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
6148 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
6149 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
6150 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
6151 its size, the update will often happen too late.
6152 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
6153 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
6154 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
6155 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
6156 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
6164 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
6165 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
6168 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
6172 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
6173 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
6175 size
= clip_to_bounds (1, shown
* XM_SB_MAX
, XM_SB_MAX
);
6177 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
6178 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
6179 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
6181 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
6183 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
6189 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
6190 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
6194 float old_top
, old_shown
;
6196 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
6197 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
6198 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
6202 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
6203 if (bar
->dragging
== -1 || bar
->last_seen_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
6204 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
6207 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
6208 /* With Xaw, 'top' values too closer to 1.0 may
6209 cause the thumb to disappear. Fix that. */
6210 top
= min (top
, 0.99f
);
6212 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
6213 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
6214 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
6215 /* Likewise with too small 'shown'. */
6216 shown
= max (shown
, 0.01f
);
6219 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to
6220 work, check that 'NARROWPROTO' is defined in src/config.h.
6221 If this is not so, most likely you need to fix configure. */
6222 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
6224 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
6225 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
6228 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
6229 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
6230 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
6232 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
6236 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
6242 x_set_toolkit_horizontal_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
6245 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
6246 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
6253 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
6254 top
= (float) position
/ (whole
- portion
);
6256 int size
= clip_to_bounds (1, shown
* XM_SB_MAX
, XM_SB_MAX
);
6257 int value
= clip_to_bounds (0, top
* (XM_SB_MAX
- size
), XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
6259 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
6261 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
6267 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
6268 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
6272 float old_top
, old_shown
;
6274 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
6275 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
6276 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
6281 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
6282 if (bar
->dragging
== -1 || bar
->last_seen_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
6283 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
6286 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
6287 /* With Xaw, 'top' values too closer to 1.0 may
6288 cause the thumb to disappear. Fix that. */
6289 top
= min (top
, 0.99f
);
6291 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
6292 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
6293 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
6294 /* Likewise with too small 'shown'. */
6295 shown
= max (shown
, 0.01f
);
6299 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to
6300 work, check that 'NARROWPROTO' is defined in src/config.h.
6301 If this is not so, most likely you need to fix configure. */
6302 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
6304 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
6306 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
6307 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
6310 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
6311 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
6312 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
6314 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
6319 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
6323 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6325 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6329 /************************************************************************
6330 Scroll bars, general
6331 ************************************************************************/
6333 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
6334 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
6335 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
6338 static struct scroll_bar
*
6339 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
,
6340 int width
, int height
, bool horizontal
)
6342 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
6343 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6344 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
6349 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6351 x_create_horizontal_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
6353 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
6354 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6356 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
6360 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
6361 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
6362 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
6364 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
6365 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
6367 a
.cursor
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
6369 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
6371 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
6372 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
6373 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
6374 if (width
> 0 && window_box_height (w
) > 0)
6375 x_clear_area (f
, left
, top
, width
, window_box_height (w
));
6377 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
6378 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
6379 left
, top
, width
, height
,
6380 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
6387 bar
->x_window
= window
;
6389 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6391 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
6395 bar
->height
= height
;
6399 bar
->horizontal
= horizontal
;
6400 #if defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS) && defined (USE_LUCID)
6401 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
6404 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
6405 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
6407 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
6408 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
6409 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
6410 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
6412 /* Map the window/widget. */
6413 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6417 xg_update_horizontal_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
6418 left
, width
, max (height
, 1));
6420 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
6421 left
, width
, max (height
, 1));
6422 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6423 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
6424 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
, left
, top
, width
, max (height
, 1), 0);
6425 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
6426 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6428 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6429 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
6430 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6437 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6439 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
6441 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
6442 redrawing it, unless REBUILD; in that case, always
6443 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
6446 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
6447 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
6448 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
6449 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
6450 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
6453 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
,
6456 bool dragging
= bar
->dragging
!= -1;
6457 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
6458 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
6459 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
6461 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
6463 && start
== bar
->start
6470 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
6471 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
6472 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
6474 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
6475 the distance between start and end. */
6477 int length
= end
- start
;
6481 else if (start
> top_range
)
6483 end
= start
+ length
;
6487 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
6491 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
6495 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
6496 if (end
> top_range
)
6499 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
6500 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
6501 that many pixels tall. */
6502 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
6504 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
6505 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
6506 if ((inside_width
> 0) && (start
> 0))
6507 x_clear_area1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
6508 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
6509 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
6510 inside_width
, start
, False
);
6512 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
6513 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
6514 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
6515 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
6517 /* Draw the handle itself. */
6518 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
6519 /* x, y, width, height */
6520 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
6521 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
6522 inside_width
, end
- start
);
6524 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
6525 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
6526 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
6527 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
6529 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
6530 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
6531 if ((inside_width
> 0) && (end
< inside_height
))
6532 x_clear_area1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
6533 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
6534 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
6535 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
, False
);
6541 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6543 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
6547 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
6549 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
6552 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6554 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
6555 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6556 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
6557 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6559 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
6562 /* Dissociate this scroll bar from its window. */
6563 if (bar
->horizontal
)
6564 wset_horizontal_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), Qnil
);
6566 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), Qnil
);
6572 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
6573 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
6574 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
6578 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
6580 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
6582 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6583 int top
, height
, left
, width
;
6584 int window_y
, window_height
;
6586 /* Get window dimensions. */
6587 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
6589 height
= window_height
;
6590 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
6591 width
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (w
);
6593 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
6594 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
6596 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
6599 x_clear_area (f
, left
, top
, width
, height
);
6603 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, max (height
, 1), false);
6607 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
6608 unsigned int mask
= 0;
6610 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
6614 if (left
!= bar
->left
)
6616 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
6618 if (width
!= bar
->width
)
6620 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
6623 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6625 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
6628 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
6629 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
6630 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
6631 x_clear_area (f
, left
, top
, width
, height
);
6633 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
6634 left
, width
, max (height
, 1));
6635 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6636 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
6637 left
, top
, width
, max (height
, 1), 0);
6638 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6640 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6642 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
6651 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
6655 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6657 /* Remember new settings. */
6661 bar
->height
= height
;
6666 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6667 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
6668 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6669 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
6671 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
6673 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
6676 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, false);
6679 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
6680 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
6681 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, false);
6684 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6686 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
6687 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, barobj
);
6692 XTset_horizontal_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
6694 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
6696 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6697 int top
, height
, left
, width
;
6698 int window_x
, window_width
;
6699 int pixel_width
= WINDOW_PIXEL_WIDTH (w
);
6701 /* Get window dimensions. */
6702 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, &window_x
, 0, &window_width
, 0);
6704 width
= window_width
;
6705 top
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_Y (w
);
6706 height
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_HEIGHT (w
);
6708 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
6709 if (NILP (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
))
6711 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
6715 /* Clear also part between window_width and
6716 WINDOW_PIXEL_WIDTH. */
6717 x_clear_area (f
, left
, top
, pixel_width
, height
);
6721 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
, true);
6725 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
6726 unsigned int mask
= 0;
6728 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
);
6732 if (left
!= bar
->left
)
6734 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
6736 if (width
!= bar
->width
)
6738 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
6741 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6742 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
6745 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
6746 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
6747 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
6749 WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_X (w
), top
,
6750 pixel_width
- WINDOW_RIGHT_DIVIDER_WIDTH (w
), height
);
6752 xg_update_horizontal_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
, left
,
6754 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6755 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
6756 left
, top
, width
, height
, 0);
6757 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6759 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6761 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
6762 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
6763 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
6766 int area_height
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_HEIGHT (w
);
6767 int rest
= area_height
- height
;
6768 if (rest
> 0 && width
> 0)
6769 x_clear_area (f
, left
, top
, width
, rest
);
6772 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
6781 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
6785 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6787 /* Remember new settings. */
6791 bar
->height
= height
;
6796 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6797 x_set_toolkit_horizontal_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
6798 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6799 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
6801 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
6803 int left_range
= HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_RANGE (f
, width
);
6806 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, left_range
, false);
6809 int start
= ((double) position
* left_range
) / whole
;
6810 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * left_range
) / whole
;
6811 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, false);
6814 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6816 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
6817 wset_horizontal_scroll_bar (w
, barobj
);
6821 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
6822 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
6823 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
6824 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
6825 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
6826 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
6827 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
6829 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
6830 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
6831 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
6834 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (struct frame
*frame
)
6836 if (!NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
6838 if (!NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
6840 /* Prepend scrollbars to already condemned ones. */
6841 Lisp_Object last
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
6843 while (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (last
)->next
))
6844 last
= XSCROLL_BAR (last
)->next
;
6846 XSCROLL_BAR (last
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
6847 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= last
;
6850 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (frame
, FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
));
6851 fset_scroll_bars (frame
, Qnil
);
6856 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
6857 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
6860 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
)
6862 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6866 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
6867 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
) && NILP (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
))
6870 if (!NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
) && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR (w
))
6872 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
6873 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
6874 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
6875 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
6877 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
6879 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
6880 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
6882 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
6883 w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
6884 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, bar
->next
);
6886 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
6887 one or the other! */
6891 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
6893 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
6894 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
6896 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
6898 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
6899 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
6900 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
6901 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
6905 if (!NILP (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
) && WINDOW_HAS_HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR (w
))
6907 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
);
6908 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
6909 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
6910 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
6912 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
6914 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
))
6915 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
6917 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
6918 w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
))
6919 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, bar
->next
);
6921 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
6922 one or the other! */
6926 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
6928 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
6929 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
6931 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
6933 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
6934 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
6935 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
6936 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
6940 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
6941 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
6944 XTjudge_scroll_bars (struct frame
*f
)
6946 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
6948 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
6950 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
6951 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
6952 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, Qnil
);
6954 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
6956 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
6958 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
6961 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
6964 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
6965 and they should get garbage-collected. */
6969 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6970 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
6971 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
6973 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
6977 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, const XEvent
*event
)
6979 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
6980 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
6981 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
6985 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, true);
6987 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
6988 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
6989 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
6990 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
6992 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
6993 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
6994 /* x, y, width, height */
6995 0, 0, bar
->width
- 1, bar
->height
- 1);
6997 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
6998 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
6999 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
7000 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
7005 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7007 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
7008 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
7010 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
7015 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
,
7016 const XEvent
*event
,
7017 struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
7019 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
7022 emacs_event
->kind
= (bar
->horizontal
7023 ? HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
7024 : SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
);
7025 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
7026 emacs_event
->modifiers
7027 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO
7028 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
7029 event
->xbutton
.state
)
7030 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
7033 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
7034 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
7035 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
7036 if (bar
->horizontal
)
7039 = HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_RANGE (f
, bar
->width
);
7040 int x
= event
->xbutton
.x
- HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
;
7043 if (x
> left_range
) x
= left_range
;
7046 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_before_handle
;
7047 else if (x
< bar
->end
+ HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
7048 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_horizontal_handle
;
7050 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_after_handle
;
7052 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7053 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
7054 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
&& bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7056 int new_start
= - bar
->dragging
;
7057 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
7059 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, false);
7064 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, left_range
);
7065 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, x
);
7070 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
7071 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
7074 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
7077 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
7078 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
7079 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
7081 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
7083 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7084 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
7085 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
&& bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7087 int new_start
= y
- bar
->dragging
;
7088 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
7090 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, false);
7095 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
7096 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
7100 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7102 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
7104 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
7108 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
,
7109 const XMotionEvent
*event
)
7111 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
7112 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7114 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
7115 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= bar
;
7116 f
->mouse_moved
= true;
7118 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
7119 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7121 /* Where should the handle be now? */
7122 int new_start
= event
->y
- bar
->dragging
;
7124 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
7126 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
7128 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, false);
7133 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7135 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
7136 on the scroll bar. */
7139 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
7140 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
7141 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
7143 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
);
7144 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
7145 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
7146 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
7148 Window dummy_window
;
7150 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
7154 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
7156 if (XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
7158 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
7159 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
7160 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
7162 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
7165 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
7168 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
7170 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
7172 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7173 win_y
-= bar
->dragging
;
7177 if (win_y
> top_range
)
7181 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
7183 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7184 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
7185 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
7186 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
7187 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
7188 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
7190 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
7192 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
7193 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
7195 f
->mouse_moved
= false;
7196 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
7197 *timestamp
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
;
7204 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
7205 on the scroll bar. */
7208 x_horizontal_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
7209 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
7210 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
7212 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
);
7213 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
7214 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
7215 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
7217 Window dummy_window
;
7219 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
7223 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
7225 if (XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
7227 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
7228 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
7229 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
7231 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
7234 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
7237 int left_range
= HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_RANGE (f
, bar
->width
);
7239 win_x
-= HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
;
7241 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7242 win_x
-= bar
->dragging
;
7246 if (win_x
> left_range
)
7250 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
7252 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7253 *part
= scroll_bar_horizontal_handle
;
7254 else if (win_x
< bar
->start
)
7255 *part
= scroll_bar_before_handle
;
7256 else if (win_x
< bar
->end
+ HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
7257 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
7259 *part
= scroll_bar_after_handle
;
7261 XSETINT (*y
, win_x
);
7262 XSETINT (*x
, left_range
);
7264 f
->mouse_moved
= false;
7265 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
7266 *timestamp
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
;
7273 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
7274 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
7275 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
7279 x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*f
)
7281 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7284 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
7285 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
7286 But in that case we should not clear them. */
7287 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
7288 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
7289 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
7290 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
7291 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
7293 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7296 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
7298 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
7299 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
7301 static int temp_index
;
7302 static short temp_buffer
[100];
7304 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
7305 if (temp_index == ARRAYELTS (temp_buffer)) \
7307 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
7309 #else /* not ENABLE_CHECKING */
7311 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) ((void)0)
7313 #endif /* ENABLE_CHECKING */
7315 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
7316 on a particular display. */
7318 static struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
7320 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
7321 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
7322 We try all the open displays, one by one.
7323 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
7325 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
7334 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
7335 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
7336 EVENT is the X event to filter.
7338 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
7340 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
7344 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
7346 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
7347 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
7348 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
7351 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
7352 event
->xclient
.window
);
7354 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
7359 static int current_count
;
7360 static int current_finish
;
7361 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
7363 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
7364 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
7365 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
7366 static GdkFilterReturn
7367 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
7369 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
7372 if (current_count
>= 0)
7374 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7376 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
7379 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
7380 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
7381 so we do it here. */
7382 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
7384 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
7387 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
7392 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7395 += handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
7399 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
7403 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
7404 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
7406 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
7408 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7411 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time
,
7412 enum xembed_message
,
7413 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
7416 x_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, Window window
)
7418 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
7419 Lisp_Object lval
= Qnil
;
7420 bool sticky
= false;
7422 get_current_wm_state (f
, window
, &value
, &sticky
);
7426 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
7429 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
7432 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
7435 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
7440 frame_size_history_add
7441 (f
, Qx_net_wm_state
, 0, 0,
7442 list2 (get_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
), lval
));
7444 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
7445 /** store_frame_param (f, Qsticky, sticky ? Qt : Qnil); **/
7448 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
7450 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
7451 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
7452 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
7453 *EVENT is unchanged unless we're processing KeyPress event.
7455 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
7458 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
,
7459 const XEvent
*event
,
7460 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
7462 union buffered_input_event inev
;
7465 ptrdiff_t nbytes
= 0;
7466 struct frame
*any
, *f
= NULL
;
7467 struct coding_system coding
;
7468 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
7469 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
7470 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
7471 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
7472 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay. */
7473 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
7474 XEvent configureEvent
;
7479 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7481 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
7482 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
7485 any
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
7487 if (any
&& any
->wait_event_type
== event
->type
)
7488 any
->wait_event_type
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
7490 switch (event
->type
)
7494 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
7495 && event
->xclient
.format
== 32)
7497 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
7499 /* Use the value returned by x_any_window_to_frame
7500 because this could be the shell widget window
7501 if the frame has no title bar. */
7504 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
7505 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
7506 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
7509 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
7510 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
7511 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
7512 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
7513 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
7516 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
7517 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
7518 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
7519 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
7522 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
7523 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
7524 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
7527 Display
*d
= event
->xclient
.display
;
7528 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
7529 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
7531 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
->xclient
.window
,
7532 /* The ICCCM says this is
7533 the only valid choice. */
7535 event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
7536 x_uncatch_errors ();
7538 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
7543 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
7545 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
7546 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
7547 the session manager, who's looking for such a
7548 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
7549 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
7550 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
7551 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
7552 session manager and one for this. */
7554 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
7557 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
7558 event
->xclient
.window
);
7559 /* This is just so we only give real data once
7560 for a single Emacs process. */
7561 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
7562 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
7563 event
->xclient
.window
,
7564 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
7566 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
7567 event
->xclient
.window
,
7573 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
7577 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
7579 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
7580 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7587 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
7590 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
7593 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xclient
.window
);
7595 new_x
= event
->xclient
.data
.s
[0];
7596 new_y
= event
->xclient
.data
.s
[1];
7600 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
7607 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
7611 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
,
7612 NULL
, (XEvent
*) event
, NULL
);
7615 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
7617 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
7618 || event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
)
7620 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
7621 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
7622 currently never do because we are interested in
7623 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
7624 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
7625 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xclient
.window
);
7628 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
7629 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
7633 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7634 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
7635 we construct an input_event. */
7636 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
7638 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, &inev
.ie
);
7639 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
7642 else if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_Horizontal_Scrollbar
)
7644 x_horizontal_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, &inev
.ie
);
7645 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
7648 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7650 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
7651 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
7653 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
7654 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
7655 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
7657 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
7661 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
7666 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
->xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
7667 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
7671 case SelectionNotify
:
7672 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xselection
.time
);
7673 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7674 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselection
.requestor
))
7676 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7677 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
->xselection
);
7680 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
7681 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionclear
.time
);
7682 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7683 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionclear
.window
))
7685 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7687 const XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &event
->xselectionclear
;
7689 inev
.sie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
7690 SELECTION_EVENT_DPYINFO (&inev
.sie
) = dpyinfo
;
7691 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
7692 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
7696 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
7697 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionrequest
.time
);
7698 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7699 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionrequest
.owner
))
7701 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7703 const XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &event
->xselectionrequest
;
7705 inev
.sie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
7706 SELECTION_EVENT_DPYINFO (&inev
.sie
) = dpyinfo
;
7707 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
7708 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
7709 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
7710 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
7711 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
7715 case PropertyNotify
:
7716 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xproperty
.time
);
7717 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xproperty
.window
);
7718 if (f
&& event
->xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
7720 bool not_hidden
= x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
->xproperty
);
7721 if (not_hidden
&& FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
7723 /* Gnome shell does not iconify us when C-z is pressed.
7724 It hides the frame. So if our state says we aren't
7725 hidden anymore, treat it as deiconified. */
7726 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
7727 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, false);
7728 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= true;
7729 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
7730 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7732 else if (! not_hidden
&& ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
7734 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
7735 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
7736 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
7737 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7741 x_handle_property_notify (&event
->xproperty
);
7742 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
7745 case ReparentNotify
:
7746 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xreparent
.window
);
7749 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
->xreparent
.parent
;
7750 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
7752 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
7753 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
7754 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
7756 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
7761 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xexpose
.window
);
7764 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
7766 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
7767 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, false);
7768 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= true;
7769 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
7774 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6 and later, see
7775 http://debbugs.gnu.org/cgi/bugreport.cgi?bug=15398. */
7777 event
->xexpose
.x
, event
->xexpose
.y
,
7778 event
->xexpose
.width
, event
->xexpose
.height
);
7780 expose_frame (f
, event
->xexpose
.x
, event
->xexpose
.y
,
7781 event
->xexpose
.width
, event
->xexpose
.height
);
7786 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7787 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
7789 #if defined USE_LUCID
7790 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
7791 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
7792 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
7794 Widget widget
= x_window_to_menu_bar (event
->xexpose
.window
);
7796 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
7798 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
7800 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7801 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
7803 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7804 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xexpose
.display
,
7805 event
->xexpose
.window
, 2);
7808 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
);
7809 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7812 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7813 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7817 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
7818 source area was obscured or not
7820 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
7822 expose_frame (f
, event
->xgraphicsexpose
.x
,
7823 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
7824 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
7825 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
7826 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7829 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7832 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
7833 source area was completely
7838 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
7839 if (event
->xunmap
.window
== tip_window
)
7842 x_redo_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
);
7845 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xunmap
.window
);
7846 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
7847 the frame was deleted. */
7849 bool visible
= FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);
7850 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
7851 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
7852 display that won't ever be seen. */
7853 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
7854 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
7855 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
7856 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
7857 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
7858 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
7859 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
7860 if (visible
|| FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
7862 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
7863 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
7864 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7870 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
7871 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
7872 frame is visible. */
7873 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xmap
.window
);
7876 bool iconified
= FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
7878 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
7879 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
7880 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
7881 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
7883 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
7884 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, false);
7885 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= true;
7889 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
7890 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7892 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
) && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
7893 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the
7894 frame titles in case this is the second frame. */
7895 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
7898 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
7905 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xkey
.time
);
7906 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
7908 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
7909 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
7910 if (popup_activated ())
7916 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
7917 mouse highlighting. */
7918 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
7919 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
7921 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
))
7925 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
7926 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= true;
7929 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7932 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
7933 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
7934 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
7935 event
->xkey
.window
);
7936 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
7938 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
7939 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
7942 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7946 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
7947 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
7948 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
7951 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
7952 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
7953 status_return even if the input is too long to
7954 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
7955 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
7956 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
7957 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
7958 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
7959 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
7960 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
7962 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
7964 /* Event will be modified. */
7965 XKeyEvent xkey
= event
->xkey
;
7968 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
7969 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
7970 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is nonzero
7972 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
7975 xkey
.state
|= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
7976 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
7977 modifiers
= xkey
.state
;
7979 /* This will have to go some day... */
7981 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
7982 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
7983 xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
7984 xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
7985 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
7986 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
7987 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
7989 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
7990 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
7991 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
7992 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
7993 not it is combined with Meta. */
7994 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
7995 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
8000 Status status_return
;
8002 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
8003 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
8004 &xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
8005 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
8007 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
8009 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
8010 copy_bufptr
= alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
8011 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
8012 &xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
8013 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
8016 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
8017 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
8019 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
8024 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
8025 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
8029 nbytes
= XLookupString (&xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
8030 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
8033 nbytes
= XLookupString (&xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
8034 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
8038 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
8039 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
8040 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
8043 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
8044 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
8046 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
8047 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
8049 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
8050 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= xkey
.time
;
8052 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
8053 translations to characters. */
8054 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
8055 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
8057 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
8058 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
8062 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
8063 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
8065 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
8066 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
8068 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
8069 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
8073 /* Now non-ASCII. */
8074 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
8075 && (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
8080 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
8081 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
8082 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
8083 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
8087 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
8088 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
8089 || keysym
== XK_Delete
8090 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
8091 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
8092 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
8094 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
8095 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
8097 /* This recognizes the "extended function
8098 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
8099 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
8100 mode_switch incorrectly. */
8101 || (XK_Select
<= keysym
&& keysym
< XK_KP_Space
)
8103 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
8104 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
8106 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
8107 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
8109 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
8110 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
8112 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
8113 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
8115 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
8116 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
8118 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
8119 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
8121 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
8122 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
8124 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
8125 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
8127 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
8128 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
8130 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
8131 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
8133 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
8134 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
8136 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
8137 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
8139 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
8140 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
8142 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
8143 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
8144 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
8145 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
8146 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
8147 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
8148 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
8149 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
8150 don't have real modifiers but
8151 should be treated similarly to
8152 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
8153 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
8154 || (XK_ISO_Lock
<= orig_keysym
8155 && orig_keysym
<= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
8159 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
8160 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
8162 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
8163 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
8167 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
8171 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
8173 if (ASCII_CHAR_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
8175 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
8178 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
8180 /* Decode the input data. */
8182 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
8183 which depends on which X*LookupString function
8184 we used just above and the locale. */
8185 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
8186 coding
.src_multibyte
= false;
8187 coding
.dst_multibyte
= true;
8188 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
8189 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
8190 gives us composition information. */
8191 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
8193 SAFE_NALLOCA (coding
.destination
, MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
,
8195 coding
.dst_bytes
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
8196 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
8197 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
8198 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
8199 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
8200 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
8203 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
8204 character events. */
8205 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
8208 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
8209 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
8211 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
8212 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
8213 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
8214 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
8216 kbd_buffer_store_buffered_event (&inev
, hold_quit
);
8221 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
8223 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
8226 /* FIXME: check side effects and remove this. */
8227 ((XEvent
*) event
)->xkey
= xkey
;
8231 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
8232 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
8240 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xkey
.time
);
8242 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
8243 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
8251 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xcrossing
.time
);
8252 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8256 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
8257 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
->xmotion
.time
+ 200;
8259 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
8260 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
8261 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
8262 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
->xmotion
);
8264 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
8265 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
8266 if (!f
&& dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
8267 note_mouse_movement (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
->xmotion
);
8272 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8276 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xcrossing
.time
);
8277 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8279 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xcrossing
.window
);
8282 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
8284 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
8285 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
8286 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
8287 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
8290 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
8291 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
8292 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
8293 the mouse leaves the frame. */
8294 if (any_help_event_p
)
8298 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
8299 else if (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
8300 note_mouse_movement (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
->xmotion
);
8305 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8310 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xmotion
.time
);
8311 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
8312 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
8314 f
= (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
) ? dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
8315 : x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xmotion
.window
));
8317 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
8319 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= false;
8320 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
8324 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, event
))
8330 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
8331 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
8332 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
8334 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_window
;
8335 Lisp_Object window
= window_from_coordinates
8336 (f
, event
->xmotion
.x
, event
->xmotion
.y
, 0, false);
8338 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
8339 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
8340 will be selected only when it is active. */
8341 if (WINDOWP (window
)
8342 && !EQ (window
, last_mouse_window
)
8343 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
8344 /* For click-to-focus window managers
8345 create event iff we don't leave the
8347 && (focus_follows_mouse
8348 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
8349 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
8351 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
8352 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
8354 /* Remember the last window where we saw the mouse. */
8355 last_mouse_window
= window
;
8357 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
->xmotion
))
8358 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
8362 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8363 struct scroll_bar
*bar
8364 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xmotion
.display
,
8365 event
->xmotion
.window
, 2);
8368 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
->xmotion
);
8369 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8371 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
8372 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
8373 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
8376 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
8377 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
8378 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
8379 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
8384 case ConfigureNotify
:
8385 /* An opaque move can generate a stream of events as the window
8386 is dragged around. If the connection round trip time isn't
8387 really short, they may come faster than we can respond to
8388 them, given the multiple queries we can do to check window
8389 manager state, translate coordinates, etc.
8391 So if this ConfigureNotify is immediately followed by another
8392 for the same window, use the info from the latest update, and
8393 consider the events all handled. */
8394 /* Opaque resize may be trickier; ConfigureNotify events are
8395 mixed with Expose events for multiple windows. */
8396 configureEvent
= *event
;
8397 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
8399 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &next_event
);
8400 if (next_event
.type
!= ConfigureNotify
8401 || next_event
.xconfigure
.window
!= event
->xconfigure
.window
8402 /* Skipping events with different sizes can lead to a
8403 mispositioned mode line at initial window creation.
8404 Only drop window motion events for now. */
8405 || next_event
.xconfigure
.width
!= event
->xconfigure
.width
8406 || next_event
.xconfigure
.height
!= event
->xconfigure
.height
)
8408 XPutBackEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &next_event
);
8412 configureEvent
= next_event
;
8414 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, configureEvent
.xconfigure
.window
);
8416 if (f
) x_cr_destroy_surface (f
);
8421 && configureEvent
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
8423 xg_frame_resized (f
, configureEvent
.xconfigure
.width
,
8424 configureEvent
.xconfigure
.height
);
8426 x_cr_destroy_surface (f
);
8433 x_net_wm_state (f
, configureEvent
.xconfigure
.window
);
8435 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8436 /* Tip frames are pure X window, set size for them. */
8437 if (! NILP (tip_frame
) && XFRAME (tip_frame
) == f
)
8439 if (FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) != configureEvent
.xconfigure
.height
8440 || FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) != configureEvent
.xconfigure
.width
)
8441 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8442 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = configureEvent
.xconfigure
.height
;
8443 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = configureEvent
.xconfigure
.width
;
8447 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8450 FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_WIDTH (f
, configureEvent
.xconfigure
.width
);
8452 FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
, configureEvent
.xconfigure
.height
);
8454 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
8455 is called by the code that handles resizing
8456 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
8458 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
8459 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
8460 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
8461 if (width
!= FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f
)
8462 || height
!= FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
)
8463 || configureEvent
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
8464 || configureEvent
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
8466 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
, false, true, false, true);
8467 x_clear_under_internal_border (f
);
8468 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8469 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8471 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8475 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
8476 Only get real positions when mapped. */
8477 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
8478 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
8480 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8483 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
8484 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8493 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
8494 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
8495 bool tool_bar_p
= false;
8497 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
8498 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= NULL
;
8499 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.time
);
8501 f
= (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
) ? dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
8502 : x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.window
));
8505 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, event
))
8510 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
8511 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
8512 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
8513 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
8516 int x
= event
->xbutton
.x
;
8517 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
;
8519 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, true);
8520 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
8522 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
->xbutton
.button
< 4)
8523 handle_tool_bar_click
8524 (f
, x
, y
, event
->xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
8525 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.state
));
8527 #endif /* !USE_GTK */
8530 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
8531 if (! popup_activated ())
8534 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
8536 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
8537 && event
->xbutton
.time
> ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
8539 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
8540 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
->xbutton
, f
);
8542 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
)
8543 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
8546 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
->xbutton
, f
);
8548 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
8549 xembed_send_message (f
, event
->xbutton
.time
,
8550 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
8554 struct scroll_bar
*bar
8555 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xbutton
.display
,
8556 event
->xbutton
.window
, 2);
8558 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8559 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
8561 if (bar
&& event
->xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
8563 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8564 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
8566 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8568 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8569 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8572 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
)
8574 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
->xbutton
.button
);
8575 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
= f
;
8576 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
8577 if (f
&& !tool_bar_p
)
8578 f
->last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
8579 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8582 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
->xbutton
.button
);
8584 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
8585 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
8586 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
8588 f
->mouse_moved
= false;
8590 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
8591 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
);
8592 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
8593 don't pass it to Xt right now.
8594 Instead, save it away
8595 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
8596 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
8597 if (! popup_activated ()
8599 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
8600 && event
->xbutton
.button
< 3
8602 && f
&& event
->type
== ButtonPress
8603 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
8604 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
8605 && event
->xbutton
.x
>= 0
8606 && event
->xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
8607 && event
->xbutton
.y
>= 0
8608 && event
->xbutton
.y
< FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
)
8609 && event
->xbutton
.same_screen
)
8611 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
8612 f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
= xmalloc (sizeof *event
);
8613 *f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
= *event
;
8614 inev
.ie
.kind
= MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT
;
8615 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
8616 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
8620 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
8624 case CirculateNotify
:
8627 case CirculateRequest
:
8630 case VisibilityNotify
:
8634 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
8636 switch (event
->xmapping
.request
)
8638 case MappingModifier
:
8639 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
8640 /* This is meant to fall through. */
8641 case MappingKeyboard
:
8642 XRefreshKeyboardMapping ((XMappingEvent
*) &event
->xmapping
);
8647 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
8652 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8654 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
8655 XtDispatchEvent ((XEvent
*) event
);
8657 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8662 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
8664 kbd_buffer_store_buffered_event (&inev
, hold_quit
);
8669 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
8674 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8680 any_help_event_p
= true;
8681 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
8682 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
8686 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
8687 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
8696 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
8697 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
8698 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
8700 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
8702 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
8704 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8705 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
8707 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
8710 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
8715 /* Read events coming from the X server.
8716 Return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
8718 Return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
8719 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
8720 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
8724 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
8727 bool event_found
= false;
8728 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
8732 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
8733 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
8735 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
8736 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
8740 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
8745 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
8748 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
8749 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
8754 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
8756 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
8762 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
8763 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
8764 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
8765 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
8767 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
8768 from all displays. */
8770 while (gtk_events_pending ())
8772 current_count
= count
;
8773 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
8775 gtk_main_iteration ();
8777 count
= current_count
;
8779 current_hold_quit
= 0;
8781 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
8784 #endif /* USE_GTK */
8786 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
8787 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
8790 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
8791 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
8792 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
8794 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
8798 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
8799 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
8801 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
8803 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
8804 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
8808 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
8809 raise it now. FIXME: handle more than one such frame. */
8810 if (dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
)
8812 x_raise_frame (dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
);
8813 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= NULL
;
8824 /***********************************************************************
8826 ***********************************************************************/
8828 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
8829 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
8831 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
8832 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
8833 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
8836 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
,
8837 enum glyph_row_area area
, GC gc
)
8839 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
8840 XRectangle clip_rect
;
8841 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
8843 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
8845 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
8846 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
8847 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
8848 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
8849 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
8851 x_set_clip_rectangles (f
, gc
, &clip_rect
, 1);
8855 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
8858 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
8860 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
8861 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8862 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8865 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
8868 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
8869 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
8870 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
8871 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
8874 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
8875 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
8876 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
- 1;
8878 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
8879 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
8880 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
8881 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
8882 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
8884 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8885 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
8886 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
8888 /* When on R2L character, show cursor at the right edge of the
8889 glyph, unless the cursor box is as wide as the glyph or wider
8890 (the latter happens when x-stretch-cursor is non-nil). */
8891 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0
8892 && cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
> wd
)
8894 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- wd
;
8898 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
8899 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
8900 x_draw_rectangle (f
, gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
8901 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, gc
);
8905 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
8907 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
8908 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
8909 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
8913 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
8915 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
8916 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
8918 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
8919 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
8921 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
8922 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
8925 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
8926 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
8927 the bar might not be in the window. */
8928 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
8930 struct glyph_row
*r
;
8931 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
8932 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
8936 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8937 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
8938 GC gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
8939 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
8940 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
8943 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
8944 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
8945 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
8946 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
8947 that the glyph is legible. */
8948 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
8949 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
8951 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
8952 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
8955 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
8958 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
8959 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
8962 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
8964 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
8966 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
8969 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
8970 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
8972 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
8974 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
8975 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
8976 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
8977 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
8979 x_fill_rectangle (f
, gc
, x
,
8980 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
8981 width
, row
->height
);
8983 else /* HBAR_CURSOR */
8985 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
8986 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
8989 width
= row
->height
;
8991 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
8993 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
8994 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
8996 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0
8997 && cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
> w
->phys_cursor_width
- 1)
8998 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- w
->phys_cursor_width
+ 1;
8999 x_fill_rectangle (f
, gc
, x
,
9000 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
9001 row
->height
- width
),
9002 w
->phys_cursor_width
- 1, width
);
9005 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, gc
);
9010 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
9013 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
9015 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
9016 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
9017 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
9018 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
9022 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
9025 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
9027 x_clear_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
9029 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
9030 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
9031 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
9036 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
9039 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
,
9040 int y
, enum text_cursor_kinds cursor_type
,
9041 int cursor_width
, bool on_p
, bool active_p
)
9043 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
9047 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
9048 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= true;
9050 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
9051 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
9052 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
9053 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
9055 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= true;
9056 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
9060 switch (cursor_type
)
9062 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
9063 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
9066 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
9067 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
9071 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
9075 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
9079 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
9088 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
9089 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
9090 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
9094 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9100 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
9103 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
9105 ptrdiff_t bitmap_id
;
9107 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
9110 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
9111 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
9112 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
9113 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
9118 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
9119 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
9120 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
9122 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9123 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
9124 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
9128 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
9129 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
9135 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
9136 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
9138 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= -2;
9142 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
9144 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
9146 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
9150 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
9153 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
9154 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
9158 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
9159 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
9163 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
9164 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
9165 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
9166 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
9167 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
9169 bitmap_id
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
9172 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
9173 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
9179 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
9180 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
9183 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
9185 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
9190 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
9191 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
9193 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
9194 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
9197 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
9198 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
9199 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
9200 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
9205 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
9207 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
9208 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
9210 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
9211 be called from a signal handler.
9214 struct x_error_message_stack
{
9215 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
9217 x_special_error_handler handler
;
9219 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
9221 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
9223 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
9224 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
9225 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
9228 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
9230 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
9231 x_error_message
->string
,
9232 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
9233 if (x_error_message
->handler
)
9234 x_error_message
->handler (display
, event
, x_error_message
->string
,
9235 x_error_message
->handler_data
);
9238 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
9239 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
9242 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
9243 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
9244 stored in *x_error_message.
9246 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
9247 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
9249 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling.
9250 Calling x_uncatch_errors_after_check is similar, but skips an XSync
9251 to the server, and should be used only immediately after
9252 x_had_errors_p or x_check_errors. */
9255 x_catch_errors_with_handler (Display
*dpy
, x_special_error_handler handler
,
9258 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof *data
);
9260 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
9264 data
->string
[0] = 0;
9265 data
->handler
= handler
;
9266 data
->handler_data
= handler_data
;
9267 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
9268 x_error_message
= data
;
9272 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
9274 x_catch_errors_with_handler (dpy
, NULL
, NULL
);
9277 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
9278 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors.
9280 This version should be used only if the immediately preceding
9281 X-protocol-related thing was x_check_errors or x_had_error_p, both
9282 of which issue XSync calls, so we don't need to re-sync here. */
9285 x_uncatch_errors_after_check (void)
9287 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
9290 tmp
= x_error_message
;
9291 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
9296 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
9297 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
9300 x_uncatch_errors (void)
9302 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
9306 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
9307 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
9308 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
9309 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
9311 tmp
= x_error_message
;
9312 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
9317 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
9318 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
9319 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
9322 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
9324 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
9327 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
9329 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
9330 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
9331 x_uncatch_errors ();
9332 error (format
, string
);
9336 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
9337 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
9340 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
9342 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
9345 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
9348 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
9351 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
9353 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
9357 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
9358 * idea. --lorentey */
9359 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
9362 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
9364 while (x_error_message
)
9365 x_uncatch_errors ();
9370 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
9373 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
9378 /************************************************************************
9380 ************************************************************************/
9382 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
9384 static char *error_msg
;
9386 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
9387 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
9390 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
, bool ioerror
)
9392 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
9393 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
9394 ptrdiff_t idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
9396 error_msg
= alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
9397 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
9399 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
9400 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
9404 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
9406 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
9407 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
9409 if (ioerror
) dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
9411 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
9412 that are on the dead display. */
9413 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
9415 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
9417 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
9418 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
9419 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
9420 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
9421 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
9422 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
9425 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
9426 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
9427 for another frame that we need to delete. */
9428 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
9429 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
9430 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
9432 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
9433 trying to find a replacement. */
9434 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Qt
);
9435 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
9438 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
9439 first place, so don't try to close it. */
9442 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
9443 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
9444 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
9446 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
9447 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
9448 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
9449 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
9450 shut_down_emacs (0, Qnil
);
9451 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
9452 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
9453 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
9454 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
9457 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9459 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
9460 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
9462 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9463 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
9464 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
9465 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
9470 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
9471 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
9475 if (terminal_list
== 0)
9477 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
9478 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
9482 totally_unblock_input ();
9484 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
9485 clear_waiting_for_input ();
9487 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
9488 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
9490 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
9491 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
9492 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
9493 error ("%s", error_msg
);
9496 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
9497 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
9498 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
9500 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
9501 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
9504 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
9506 #if defined USE_GTK && defined HAVE_GTK3
9507 if ((event
->error_code
== BadMatch
|| event
->error_code
== BadWindow
)
9508 && event
->request_code
== X_SetInputFocus
)
9514 if (x_error_message
)
9515 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
9517 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
9521 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
9522 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
9523 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
9525 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
9527 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
9528 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
9530 static void NO_INLINE
9531 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
9533 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
9535 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
9536 or colors that are not defined. */
9538 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
9541 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
9542 original error handler. */
9544 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
9545 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
9546 buf
, event
->request_code
);
9547 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
, false);
9551 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
9552 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
9553 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
9556 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
9560 snprintf (buf
, sizeof buf
, "Connection lost to X server '%s'",
9561 DisplayString (display
));
9562 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
, true);
9566 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
9568 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
9569 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
9570 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
9574 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
9576 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
9577 int unit
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
9578 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9579 int old_menu_bar_height
= FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9580 Lisp_Object fullscreen
;
9584 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
9585 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
9586 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
9587 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
9591 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
9592 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
9593 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
9594 get_font_ascent_descent (font
, &font_ascent
, &font_descent
);
9595 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = font_ascent
+ font_descent
;
9597 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9598 FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9601 /* Compute character columns occupied by scrollbar.
9603 Don't do things differently for non-toolkit scrollbars
9605 unit
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9606 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
9607 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
9608 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + unit
- 1) / unit
;
9610 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + unit
- 1) / unit
;
9612 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
9614 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
9615 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
9616 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
9617 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
9619 adjust_frame_size (f
, FRAME_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
),
9620 FRAME_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
), 3,
9622 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9623 if (FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) != old_menu_bar_height
9624 && !f
->after_make_frame
9625 && (EQ (frame_inhibit_implied_resize
, Qt
)
9626 || (CONSP (frame_inhibit_implied_resize
)
9627 && NILP (Fmemq (Qfont
, frame_inhibit_implied_resize
))))
9628 && (NILP (fullscreen
= get_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
))
9629 || EQ (fullscreen
, Qfullwidth
)))
9630 /* If the menu bar height changes, try to keep text height
9633 (f
, -1, FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f
)
9634 - old_menu_bar_height
, 1, false, Qfont
);
9635 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9641 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
9644 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
9653 /***********************************************************************
9655 ***********************************************************************/
9661 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
9662 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
9663 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
9666 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
9668 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
9669 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
9673 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
9674 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
9676 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
9677 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
9679 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
9680 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
9684 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
9685 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
9686 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
9690 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
9692 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
9693 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
9696 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
9704 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
9705 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
9712 XIMCallback destroy
;
9715 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
9716 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
9719 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
9720 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
9721 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
9727 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
9728 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
9732 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
9734 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
9735 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
9736 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
9737 when the callback was registered. */
9740 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
9742 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
9743 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
9745 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
9749 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
9751 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
9752 as they have no XIC. */
9753 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
9755 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
9758 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
9760 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
9763 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
9764 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
9766 create_frame_xic (f
);
9767 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
9768 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
9769 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
9771 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
9772 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
9781 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
9784 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
9785 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
9786 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
9787 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
9790 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
9792 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
9796 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
9797 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= xmalloc (sizeof *xim_inst
);
9800 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
9801 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
9802 xim_inst
->resource_name
= xstrdup (resource_name
);
9803 ret
= XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback
9804 (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, xim_inst
->resource_name
,
9805 emacs_class
, xim_instantiate_callback
,
9806 /* This is XPointer in XFree86 but (XPointer *)
9807 on Tru64, at least, hence the configure test. */
9808 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
9809 eassert (ret
== True
);
9810 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
9811 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
9812 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
9814 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
9818 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
9821 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
9826 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
9827 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
;
9829 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9831 Bool ret
= XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback
9832 (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, xim_inst
->resource_name
,
9833 emacs_class
, xim_instantiate_callback
,
9834 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
9835 eassert (ret
== True
);
9837 xfree (xim_inst
->resource_name
);
9839 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
9840 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9841 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
9842 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
9843 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
9845 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
9848 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
9852 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
9853 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
9856 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
9858 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
9860 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
9861 is already for the top-left corner. */
9862 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
9865 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
9866 position that fits on the screen. */
9867 if (flags
& XNegative
)
9868 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9869 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
9872 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9874 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
9875 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
9876 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
9878 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
9879 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
9880 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
9881 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
9884 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
9885 2000-12-01, gerd. */
9887 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
9890 if (flags
& YNegative
)
9891 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9892 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
9895 /* The left_pos and top_pos
9896 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
9897 so the flags should correspond. */
9898 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
9901 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
9902 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
9903 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
9904 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
9905 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
9908 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
9910 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
9912 if (change_gravity
> 0)
9916 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
9918 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
9920 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
9921 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
9923 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
9926 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, 0, false);
9928 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9929 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9931 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
9933 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
9934 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
9935 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
9936 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
9937 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
9940 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9941 modified_left
, modified_top
);
9943 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
9944 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
);
9946 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
9947 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
9948 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
9949 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
9952 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
9953 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
9954 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
9956 if (change_gravity
!= 0
9957 && (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
9958 || (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
9959 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
9960 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
9961 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
9966 /* Return true if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
9967 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
9968 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
9969 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
9970 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
9973 x_wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
9976 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
9977 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
9979 Window wmcheck_window
;
9980 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9981 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
9982 int max_len
= 65536;
9983 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
9984 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
9985 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
9989 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9990 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
9991 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
9992 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
9993 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
9994 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
9996 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9998 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
9999 x_uncatch_errors ();
10004 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
10007 /* Check if window exists. */
10008 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
10009 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
10011 x_uncatch_errors_after_check ();
10016 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
10018 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
10019 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
10020 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
10021 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10022 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10023 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10025 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
10027 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
10028 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
10029 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
10030 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
10031 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
10033 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
10035 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
10036 x_uncatch_errors ();
10041 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
10042 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
10043 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
10048 for (i
= 0; !ret
&& i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
10049 ret
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
10051 x_uncatch_errors ();
10058 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, bool add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
10060 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
10062 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
10063 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
10065 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
10067 (make_number (add
),
10069 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
10071 ? list1 (make_fixnum_or_float (value
))
10076 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
10079 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10081 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
10083 set_wm_state (frame
, !NILP (new_value
),
10084 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
10087 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
10088 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
10089 Set *STICKY to the sticky state.
10091 Return true iff we are not hidden. */
10094 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
10099 unsigned long actual_size
;
10101 bool is_hidden
= false;
10102 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10103 long max_len
= 65536;
10104 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
10105 /* If XCB is available, we can avoid three XSync calls. */
10107 xcb_get_property_cookie_t prop_cookie
;
10108 xcb_get_property_reply_t
*prop
;
10109 xcb_atom_t
*reply_data
;
10111 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
10112 unsigned long bytes_remaining
;
10113 int rc
, actual_format
;
10115 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
10120 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
10125 prop_cookie
= xcb_get_property (dpyinfo
->xcb_connection
, 0, window
,
10126 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
10127 target_type
, 0, max_len
);
10128 prop
= xcb_get_property_reply (dpyinfo
->xcb_connection
, prop_cookie
, NULL
);
10129 if (prop
&& prop
->type
== target_type
)
10131 int actual_bytes
= xcb_get_property_value_length (prop
);
10132 eassume (0 <= actual_bytes
);
10133 actual_size
= actual_bytes
/ sizeof *reply_data
;
10134 reply_data
= xcb_get_property_value (prop
);
10139 is_hidden
= FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
10142 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10143 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
10144 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
10145 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
10146 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
10148 if (rc
== Success
&& actual_type
== target_type
&& ! x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
10149 reply_data
= (Atom
*) tmp_data
;
10153 is_hidden
= FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
10156 x_uncatch_errors ();
10159 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
10161 Atom a
= reply_data
[i
];
10162 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
10164 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
10166 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
10167 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
10169 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
10171 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
10173 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
10174 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
10176 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
10178 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
10179 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
10180 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
10187 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
10191 return ! is_hidden
;
10194 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
10197 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
10199 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10200 bool have_net_atom
= x_wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
10204 get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
10206 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
10207 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
10208 if (!have_net_atom
)
10209 have_net_atom
= x_wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
10211 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
10215 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
10217 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
10218 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
10219 are sent at once. */
10220 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
10222 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
10223 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
10224 set_wm_state (frame
, true, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
10227 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
10228 if (x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
&& cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
10230 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10231 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10232 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10233 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10234 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
10238 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
10239 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
10240 set_wm_state (frame
, false, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
10241 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10242 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
|| x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
)
10243 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10244 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
10247 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
10248 if (x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
&& cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
10250 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10251 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10252 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10253 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10254 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
10258 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
10259 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
10260 set_wm_state (frame
, false, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
10261 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
10262 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
|| x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
)
10263 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10264 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
10267 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
10268 if (x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
&& cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
10270 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10271 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
10272 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10273 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10274 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10276 else if (x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
&& cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
10278 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10279 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
10280 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10281 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10282 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10284 else if (x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
&& cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
10286 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10287 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
10288 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10289 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10290 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10294 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
10295 set_wm_state (frame
, false, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
10297 else if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
10298 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10299 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
10300 else if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
10301 set_wm_state (frame
, true, None
,
10302 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10304 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10305 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10306 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10309 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
10310 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
10311 set_wm_state (frame
, false, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
10314 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10315 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10316 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10319 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
10323 return have_net_atom
;
10327 XTfullscreen_hook (struct frame
*f
)
10329 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10332 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
10340 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, const XPropertyEvent
*event
)
10342 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
10344 bool sticky
= false;
10345 bool not_hidden
= get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
10350 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
10353 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
10354 lval
= Qfullheight
;
10356 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
10359 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
10364 frame_size_history_add
10365 (f
, Qx_handle_net_wm_state
, 0, 0,
10366 list2 (get_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
), lval
));
10368 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
10369 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
10374 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
10375 If so needed, resize the frame. */
10377 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
10379 Lisp_Object lval
= Qnil
;
10381 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
10384 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
10385 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
10387 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
10388 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
10389 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
10391 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
10393 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
10394 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10396 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
10398 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
10399 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
10401 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
10402 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
10404 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
10406 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
10407 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
10409 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
10411 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
10412 height
= height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
10414 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
10415 lval
= Qfullheight
;
10416 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
10422 frame_size_history_add
10423 (f
, Qx_check_fullscreen
, width
, height
, Qnil
);
10425 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, 0, false);
10427 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10430 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10431 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
10434 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
- FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
),
10435 false, true, false, true);
10440 /* `x_net_wm_state' might have reset the fullscreen frame parameter,
10442 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
10445 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
10446 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
10447 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
10448 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
10449 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
10450 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
10451 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
10454 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
10456 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
10458 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
10459 window manager window around the frame. */
10461 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
10463 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
10465 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
10470 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
10471 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
10472 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
10474 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
10476 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
10477 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
10479 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10480 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
10482 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, false);
10485 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
10486 frame's position. */
10488 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
10492 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
10493 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
10494 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
10495 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
10496 of an exact comparison. */
10499 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, bool fuzzy
)
10503 while (count
++ < 50)
10505 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
10507 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
10508 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
10511 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
10512 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
10516 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
10519 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
10520 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
10523 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
10527 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
10528 will then return up-to-date position info. */
10530 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000000, 0, false, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
10534 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
10536 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
10538 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
10541 struct timespec tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
10542 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10544 f
->wait_event_type
= eventtype
;
10546 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticeable.
10547 Maybe it should be configurable. */
10548 tmo
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
10549 tmo_at
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), tmo
);
10551 while (f
->wait_event_type
)
10553 pending_signals
= true;
10554 totally_unblock_input ();
10555 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
10557 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
10562 time_now
= current_timespec ();
10563 if (timespec_cmp (tmo_at
, time_now
) < 0)
10566 tmo
= timespec_sub (tmo_at
, time_now
);
10567 if (pselect (fd
+ 1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
, NULL
) == 0)
10568 break; /* Timeout */
10571 f
->wait_event_type
= 0;
10575 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to WIDTH/HEIGHT in the case F
10576 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY, change to
10577 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
10578 size changes. Otherwise leave the window gravity unchanged. */
10581 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, bool change_gravity
,
10582 int width
, int height
)
10584 int pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, width
);
10585 int pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, height
);
10586 int old_width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
10587 int old_height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
10588 Lisp_Object fullscreen
= get_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
);
10590 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
10591 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, 0, false);
10593 /* When the frame is fullheight and we only want to change the width
10594 or it is fullwidth and we only want to change the height we should
10595 be able to preserve the fullscreen property. However, due to the
10596 fact that we have to send a resize request anyway, the window
10597 manager will abolish it. At least the respective size should
10598 remain unchanged but giving the frame back its normal size will
10600 if (EQ (fullscreen
, Qfullwidth
) && width
== FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f
))
10602 frame_size_history_add
10603 (f
, Qx_set_window_size_1
, width
, height
,
10604 list2 (make_number (old_height
),
10605 make_number (pixelheight
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
))));
10607 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10608 old_width
, pixelheight
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
));
10610 else if (EQ (fullscreen
, Qfullheight
) && height
== FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
))
10612 frame_size_history_add
10613 (f
, Qx_set_window_size_2
, width
, height
,
10614 list2 (make_number (old_width
), make_number (pixelwidth
)));
10616 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10617 pixelwidth
, old_height
);
10622 frame_size_history_add
10623 (f
, Qx_set_window_size_3
, width
, height
,
10624 list3 (make_number (pixelwidth
+ FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
)),
10625 make_number (pixelheight
+ FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
)
10626 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
)),
10627 make_number (FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
))));
10629 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10630 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
));
10636 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
10637 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
10638 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
10639 we have to make sure to do it here. */
10640 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
10642 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
10643 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
10644 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
10645 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
10647 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
10648 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
10649 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
10650 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
10651 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
10653 Pass true for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
10656 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
10657 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
10658 for the ConfigureNotify. */
10659 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10661 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
10663 if (!NILP (fullscreen
))
10664 /* Try to restore fullscreen state. */
10666 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, fullscreen
);
10667 x_set_fullscreen (f
, fullscreen
, fullscreen
);
10672 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
, false, true, false, true);
10678 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
10679 If CHANGE_GRAVITY, change to top-left-corner window gravity
10680 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
10681 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
10684 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, bool change_gravity
,
10685 int width
, int height
, bool pixelwise
)
10689 /* The following breaks our calculations. If it's really needed,
10690 think of something else. */
10692 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
10694 int text_width
, text_height
;
10696 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
10697 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
10698 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/width to
10699 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
10700 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
10701 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
10702 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
10703 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
10704 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10705 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
10707 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
10709 text_width
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_WIDTH (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
10710 text_height
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
, pixelh
);
10712 change_frame_size (f
, text_width
, text_height
, false, true, false, true);
10716 /* Pixelize width and height, if necessary. */
10719 width
= width
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
10720 height
= height
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
10724 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
10725 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, width
, height
);
10727 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, width
, height
);
10728 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10729 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, width
, height
);
10730 x_clear_under_internal_border (f
);
10731 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
10733 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
10734 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
10736 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
10737 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
10738 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
10739 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
10740 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
10745 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
10748 frame_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
10752 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
10753 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
10757 /* Raise frame F. */
10760 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
10763 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10764 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
10765 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10769 /* Lower frame F. */
10772 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
10774 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10777 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
10778 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10783 /* Request focus with XEmbed */
10786 xembed_request_focus (struct frame
*f
)
10788 /* See XEmbed Protocol Specification at
10789 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/xembed-spec */
10790 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10791 xembed_send_message (f
, CurrentTime
,
10792 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
10795 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
10798 x_ewmh_activate_frame (struct frame
*f
)
10800 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
10801 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
10803 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10805 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && x_wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
10808 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
10809 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
10810 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
10812 list2i (1, dpyinfo
->last_user_time
));
10817 XTframe_raise_lower (struct frame
*f
, bool raise_flag
)
10825 /* XEmbed implementation. */
10827 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
10829 /* XEmbed implementation. */
10831 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
10834 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
10836 unsigned long data
[2];
10837 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10839 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
10842 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10843 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
10844 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
10846 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
10849 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
10850 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
10854 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
10855 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
10856 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
10857 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
10858 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
10859 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
10860 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
10861 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
10862 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
10864 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
10865 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
10866 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
10869 /* Change of visibility. */
10871 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
10872 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
10873 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
10874 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
10875 but it will become visible later when the window manager
10876 finishes with it. */
10879 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
10881 int original_top
, original_left
;
10886 x_set_bitmap_icon (f
);
10888 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10890 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
10891 call x_set_offset a second time
10892 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
10893 before the window gets really visible. */
10894 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
10895 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
10896 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
10897 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
10899 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= true;
10901 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
10902 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
10903 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10904 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
10905 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
10908 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
10909 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
10911 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10913 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
10914 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
10916 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
10917 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
10919 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
10920 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
10921 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10924 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10926 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
10927 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
10928 so that incoming events are handled. */
10931 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
10932 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
10933 will set it when they are handled. */
10934 bool previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
10936 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
10937 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
10939 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
10942 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
10944 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
10945 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
10946 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
10947 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
10949 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
10950 because the window manager may choose the position
10951 and we don't want to override it. */
10953 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
10954 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
10955 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
10956 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
10957 && previously_visible
)
10961 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
10965 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
10966 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
10967 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
10968 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
10969 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
10970 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
10971 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
10972 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10973 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
10975 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
10976 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10977 original_left
, original_top
);
10982 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
10984 /* Process X events until a MapNotify event has been seen. */
10985 while (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10987 /* Force processing of queued events. */
10990 /* If on another desktop, the deiconify/map may be ignored and the
10991 frame never becomes visible. XMonad does this.
10992 Prevent an endless loop. */
10993 if (FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) && ++tries
> 100)
10996 /* This hack is still in use at least for Cygwin. See
10997 http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/emacs-devel/2013-12/msg00351.html.
10999 Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
11000 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
11001 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
11002 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
11003 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
11005 if (input_polling_used ())
11007 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
11008 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
11009 handler reset it. */
11010 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
11011 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
11012 poll_for_input_1 ();
11013 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
11016 if (XPending (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
11019 XNextEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), &xev
);
11020 x_dispatch_event (&xev
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
11026 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
11028 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
11031 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
11035 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
11036 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
11038 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
11039 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
11040 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
11044 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
11045 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
11046 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
11047 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
11048 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
11049 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, 0, true);
11052 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
11053 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
11056 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
11057 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
11062 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
11063 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
11066 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
11070 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
11071 just by the event that we get from the server.
11072 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
11073 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
11074 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
11075 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
11076 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, false);
11083 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
11086 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
11088 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11092 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
11093 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
11094 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
11096 if (FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
11101 x_set_bitmap_icon (f
);
11103 #if defined (USE_GTK)
11104 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
11106 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
11107 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
11109 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
11110 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
11111 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
11117 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11119 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
11121 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
11122 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
11123 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
11124 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
11125 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
11126 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
11127 so we have to record it here. */
11128 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
11129 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
11134 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
11135 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
11136 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
11140 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
11142 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
11143 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
11146 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
11148 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11150 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
11151 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
11152 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
11153 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
11154 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
11155 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
11157 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
11158 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
11160 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
11161 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
11165 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
11166 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
11167 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
11168 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
11169 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
11171 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
11172 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
11174 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
11178 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
11182 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
11184 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
11186 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
11188 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
11189 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
11192 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
11193 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
11195 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
11197 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11201 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
11204 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
11206 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
11207 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
11208 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11210 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
11215 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
11216 commands to the X server. */
11217 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
11219 /* Always exit with visible pointer to avoid weird issue
11220 with Xfixes (Bug#17609). */
11221 if (f
->pointer_invisible
)
11222 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->toggle_visible_pointer (f
, 0);
11224 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
11225 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
11227 free_frame_faces (f
);
11229 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
11230 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
11232 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11233 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
11234 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
11235 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
11236 toolkit scroll bars. */
11237 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
11239 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
11240 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
11246 free_frame_xic (f
);
11249 x_free_cr_resources (f
);
11250 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11251 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
11253 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
11254 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
11256 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
11257 we are using a toolkit. */
11258 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
11259 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
11261 free_frame_menubar (f
);
11263 if (f
->shell_position
)
11264 xfree (f
->shell_position
);
11265 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11268 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
11269 #endif /* USE_GTK */
11271 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
11272 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
11273 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11275 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
11276 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
11277 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
11278 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
11279 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
11280 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
11282 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
11283 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
11284 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
11285 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
11286 #if defined (USE_LUCID) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
11287 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
11288 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
11289 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
11290 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
11291 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
11292 #endif /* USE_LUCID && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
11293 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
!= -1)
11294 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
11295 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
!= -1)
11296 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
11300 /* Free extra GCs allocated by x_setup_relief_colors. */
11301 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
)
11303 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
);
11304 f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
= 0;
11306 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
)
11308 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
);
11309 f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
= 0;
11312 /* Free cursors. */
11313 if (f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
!= 0)
11314 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
);
11315 if (f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
!= 0)
11316 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
11317 if (f
->output_data
.x
->modeline_cursor
!= 0)
11318 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->modeline_cursor
);
11319 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hand_cursor
!= 0)
11320 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->hand_cursor
);
11321 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_cursor
!= 0)
11322 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_cursor
);
11323 if (f
->output_data
.x
->horizontal_drag_cursor
!= 0)
11324 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->horizontal_drag_cursor
);
11325 if (f
->output_data
.x
->vertical_drag_cursor
!= 0)
11326 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->vertical_drag_cursor
);
11328 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
11331 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
11332 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
11333 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
11335 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
11336 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
11337 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
11338 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
11339 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
11340 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
11341 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
11342 reset_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
);
11348 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
11351 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
11353 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
11355 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
11356 commands to the X server. */
11357 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
11358 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
11360 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
11364 /* Setting window manager hints. */
11366 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
11367 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
11368 that the window now has.
11369 If USER_POSITION, set the USPosition
11370 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
11371 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c. */
11375 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, bool user_position
)
11377 XSizeHints size_hints
;
11378 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
11383 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11384 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
11386 widget_update_wm_size_hints (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
11391 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
11392 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
11394 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
11395 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
11397 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
11398 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
11400 size_hints
.width_inc
= frame_resize_pixelwise
? 1 : FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
11401 size_hints
.height_inc
= frame_resize_pixelwise
? 1 : FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
11403 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
11404 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
11405 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
11406 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
11408 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
11410 int base_width
, base_height
;
11412 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
11413 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
11415 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
11416 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
11417 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
11418 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
11419 zero-row, zero-column frame. */
11421 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
11422 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
11423 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
11424 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
;
11425 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
;
11428 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
11431 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
11436 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
11437 long supplied_return
;
11440 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
11444 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
11449 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
11450 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
11451 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
11452 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
11453 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
11454 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
11455 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
11456 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
11463 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
11464 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
11468 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
11469 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
11471 #endif /* PWinGravity */
11473 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
11475 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
11477 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
11480 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
11482 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11485 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
11486 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
11487 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11488 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
11490 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
11491 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
11493 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
11494 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11498 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, ptrdiff_t pixmap_id
)
11500 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
11502 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
11503 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
11508 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
11509 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
11510 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
11511 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
11515 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
11523 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
11527 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
11531 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
11532 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
11533 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
11534 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
11537 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
11539 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
11540 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
11542 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
11546 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
11548 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
11550 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
11551 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
11552 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
11554 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
11558 /***********************************************************************
11560 ***********************************************************************/
11564 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
11568 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
11570 eassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
11571 if (font
->driver
->check
)
11572 eassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
11575 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
11578 /***********************************************************************
11580 ***********************************************************************/
11582 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11583 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
11584 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
11585 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
11587 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
11588 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
11589 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
11591 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11592 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11593 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11594 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11595 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11596 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11597 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
11600 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
11602 static bool x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
11604 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11606 static int x_initialized
;
11608 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
11609 the screen number from the server number. */
11611 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
11613 bool seen_colon
= false;
11614 Lisp_Object sysname
= Fsystem_name ();
11615 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (sysname
);
11616 ptrdiff_t system_name_length
= SBYTES (sysname
);
11617 ptrdiff_t length_until_period
= 0;
11619 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
11620 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
11621 length_until_period
++;
11623 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
11624 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
11626 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
11628 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
11629 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
11630 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
11631 name1
+= system_name_length
;
11632 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
11633 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
11634 name2
+= system_name_length
;
11635 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
11636 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
11637 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
11638 name1
+= length_until_period
;
11639 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
11640 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
11641 name2
+= length_until_period
;
11643 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
11647 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
11651 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
11652 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
11655 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
11656 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
11659 get_bits_and_offset (unsigned long mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
11664 while (!(mask
& 1))
11680 /* Return true iff display DISPLAY is available for use.
11681 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
11684 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
11686 /* XOpenDisplay fails if it gets a signal. Block SIGIO which may arrive. */
11687 unrequest_sigio ();
11688 Display
*dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
11692 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
11698 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
11699 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
11701 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
11702 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
11706 /* Create invisible cursor on X display referred by DPYINFO. */
11709 make_invisible_cursor (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
11711 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
11712 static char const no_data
[] = { 0 };
11717 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
11718 pix
= XCreateBitmapFromData (dpy
, dpyinfo
->root_window
, no_data
, 1, 1);
11719 if (! x_had_errors_p (dpy
) && pix
!= None
)
11723 col
.red
= col
.green
= col
.blue
= 0;
11724 col
.flags
= DoRed
| DoGreen
| DoBlue
;
11725 pixc
= XCreatePixmapCursor (dpy
, pix
, pix
, &col
, &col
, 0, 0);
11726 if (! x_had_errors_p (dpy
) && pixc
!= None
)
11728 XFreePixmap (dpy
, pix
);
11731 x_uncatch_errors ();
11736 /* True if DPY supports Xfixes extension >= 4. */
11739 x_probe_xfixes_extension (Display
*dpy
)
11743 return XFixesQueryVersion (dpy
, &major
, &minor
) && major
>= 4;
11746 #endif /* HAVE_XFIXES */
11749 /* Toggle mouse pointer visibility on frame F by using Xfixes functions. */
11752 xfixes_toggle_visible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, bool invisible
)
11756 XFixesHideCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
11758 XFixesShowCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
11759 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
11762 #endif /* HAVE_XFIXES */
11765 /* Toggle mouse pointer visibility on frame F by using invisible cursor. */
11768 x_toggle_visible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, bool invisible
)
11770 eassert (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0);
11772 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
11773 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
11775 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
11776 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
11777 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
11780 /* Setup pointer blanking, prefer Xfixes if available. */
11783 x_setup_pointer_blanking (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
11785 /* FIXME: the brave tester should set EMACS_XFIXES because we're suspecting
11786 X server bug, see http://debbugs.gnu.org/cgi/bugreport.cgi?bug=17609. */
11787 if (egetenv ("EMACS_XFIXES") && x_probe_xfixes_extension (dpyinfo
->display
))
11788 dpyinfo
->toggle_visible_pointer
= xfixes_toggle_visible_pointer
;
11791 dpyinfo
->toggle_visible_pointer
= x_toggle_visible_pointer
;
11792 dpyinfo
->invisible_cursor
= make_invisible_cursor (dpyinfo
);
11796 /* Current X display connection identifier. Incremented for each next
11797 connection established. */
11798 static unsigned x_display_id
;
11800 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
11801 the structure that describes the open display.
11802 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
11804 struct x_display_info
*
11805 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
11808 struct terminal
*terminal
;
11809 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
11812 xcb_connection_t
*xcb_conn
;
11817 if (!x_initialized
)
11823 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
11824 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
11828 #define NUM_ARGV 10
11830 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
11831 char **argv2
= argv
;
11834 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
11836 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
11840 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
11841 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
11843 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
11847 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
11849 if (! NILP (display_name
))
11851 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
11852 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
11855 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
11856 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
11858 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
11860 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
11861 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
11862 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
11863 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
11865 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function.
11866 Call before gtk_init so Gtk+ event filters comes after our. */
11867 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
11869 /* gtk_init does set_locale. Fix locale before and after. */
11871 unrequest_sigio (); /* See comment in x_display_ok. */
11872 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
11876 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
11880 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
11882 #if ! GTK_CHECK_VERSION (2, 90, 0)
11883 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
11885 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
11886 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
11888 s
= build_string (file
);
11889 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
11891 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
11892 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
11896 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
11897 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
11900 #else /* not USE_GTK */
11901 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11902 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
11904 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
11905 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
11906 So let's not use it until R6. */
11907 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
11908 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
11919 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
11920 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
11922 turn_on_atimers (false);
11923 unrequest_sigio (); /* See comment in x_display_ok. */
11924 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
11925 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
11926 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
11929 turn_on_atimers (true);
11931 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
11932 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
11937 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11938 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
11939 unrequest_sigio (); // See comment in x_display_ok.
11940 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
11942 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11943 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
11945 /* Detect failure. */
11953 xcb_conn
= XGetXCBConnection (dpy
);
11957 xg_display_close (dpy
);
11959 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11960 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
11962 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
11964 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
11971 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
11973 dpyinfo
= xzalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
);
11974 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
11977 struct x_display_info
*share
;
11979 for (share
= x_display_list
; share
; share
= share
->next
)
11980 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (share
->name_list_element
)),
11981 SSDATA (display_name
)))
11984 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
11987 terminal
->kboard
= allocate_kboard (Qx
);
11989 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
11991 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
11993 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
11994 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
11996 kset_system_key_alist
11998 call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
11999 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
));
12001 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
12002 terminal_list
= terminal
;
12005 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
12006 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
12007 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
12008 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
12009 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
12011 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
12014 /* Put this display on the chain. */
12015 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
12016 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
12018 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
);
12019 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
12020 dpyinfo
->connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
12022 dpyinfo
->xcb_connection
= xcb_conn
;
12025 /* http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/emacs-devel/2015-11/msg00194.html */
12026 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 1;
12027 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 1;
12029 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
12030 terminal
->name
= xlispstrdup (display_name
);
12033 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
12036 Lisp_Object system_name
= Fsystem_name ();
12038 if (INT_ADD_WRAPV (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
), SBYTES (system_name
) + 2,
12040 memory_full (SIZE_MAX
);
12041 dpyinfo
->x_id
= ++x_display_id
;
12042 dpyinfo
->x_id_name
= xmalloc (nbytes
);
12043 char *nametail
= lispstpcpy (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, Vinvocation_name
);
12045 lispstpcpy (nametail
, system_name
);
12047 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
12048 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
12050 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
12052 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
12053 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
12054 #endif /* USE_GTK */
12056 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
12057 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
12059 dpyinfo
->horizontal_scroll_bar_cursor
12060 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_h_double_arrow
);
12062 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
12063 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
12064 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
12065 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
12067 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
12069 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
12071 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
12073 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
12074 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
12075 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
12076 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
12077 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
12078 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
12079 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
12081 reset_mouse_highlight (&dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
);
12083 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
12084 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
12086 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
12087 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
12088 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
12089 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
12090 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
12091 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
12094 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
12095 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
12097 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
12099 AUTO_STRING (privateColormap
, "privateColormap");
12100 AUTO_STRING (PrivateColormap
, "PrivateColormap");
12102 = display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
, privateColormap
,
12103 PrivateColormap
, Qnil
, Qnil
);
12104 if (STRINGP (value
)
12105 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
12106 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
12107 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
12111 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
12112 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
12116 /* If we are using Xft, the following precautions should be made:
12118 1. Make sure that the Xrender extension is added before the Xft one.
12119 Otherwise, the close-display hook set by Xft is called after the one
12120 for Xrender, and the former tries to re-add the latter. This results
12121 in inconsistency of internal states and leads to X protocol error when
12122 one reconnects to the same X server (Bug#1696).
12124 2. Check dpi value in X resources. It is better we use it as well,
12125 since Xft will use it, as will all Gnome applications. If our real DPI
12126 is smaller or larger than the one Xft uses, our font will look smaller
12127 or larger than other for other applications, even if it is the same
12128 font name (monospace-10 for example). */
12130 int event_base
, error_base
;
12134 XRenderQueryExtension (dpyinfo
->display
, &event_base
, &error_base
);
12136 v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
12137 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
12138 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
12142 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
12144 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
12145 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
12146 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
12147 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
12148 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
12149 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
12150 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
12151 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
12152 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
12156 static const struct
12161 #define ATOM_REFS_INIT(string, member) \
12162 { string, offsetof (struct x_display_info, member) },
12163 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_PROTOCOLS", Xatom_wm_protocols
)
12164 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_TAKE_FOCUS", Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
12165 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
12166 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_DELETE_WINDOW", Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
12167 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CHANGE_STATE", Xatom_wm_change_state
)
12168 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
12169 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_MOVED", Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
12170 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CLIENT_LEADER", Xatom_wm_client_leader
)
12171 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("Editres", Xatom_editres
)
12172 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD", Xatom_CLIPBOARD
)
12173 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TIMESTAMP", Xatom_TIMESTAMP
)
12174 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TEXT", Xatom_TEXT
)
12175 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("COMPOUND_TEXT", Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
)
12176 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("UTF8_STRING", Xatom_UTF8_STRING
)
12177 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DELETE", Xatom_DELETE
)
12178 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MULTIPLE", Xatom_MULTIPLE
)
12179 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("INCR", Xatom_INCR
)
12180 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_EMACS_TMP_", Xatom_EMACS_TMP
)
12181 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TARGETS", Xatom_TARGETS
)
12182 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("NULL", Xatom_NULL
)
12183 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM", Xatom_ATOM
)
12184 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM_PAIR", Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
)
12185 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD_MANAGER", Xatom_CLIPBOARD_MANAGER
)
12186 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED_INFO", Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
)
12187 /* For properties of font. */
12188 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PIXEL_SIZE", Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
)
12189 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("AVERAGE_WIDTH", Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
)
12190 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
)
12191 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
)
12192 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
)
12193 /* Ghostscript support. */
12194 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DONE", Xatom_DONE
)
12195 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PAGE", Xatom_PAGE
)
12196 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SCROLLBAR", Xatom_Scrollbar
)
12197 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("HORIZONTAL_SCROLLBAR", Xatom_Horizontal_Scrollbar
)
12198 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED", Xatom_XEMBED
)
12200 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE", Xatom_net_wm_state
)
12201 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
12202 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
12203 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
12204 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
12205 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
12206 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
12207 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_HIDDEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
12208 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", Xatom_net_window_type
)
12209 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
12210 Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
)
12211 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
)
12212 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_name
)
12213 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTED", Xatom_net_supported
)
12214 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
)
12215 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
)
12216 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", Xatom_net_active_window
)
12217 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", Xatom_net_frame_extents
)
12218 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_CURRENT_DESKTOP", Xatom_net_current_desktop
)
12219 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WORKAREA", Xatom_net_workarea
)
12220 /* Session management */
12221 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SM_CLIENT_ID", Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
)
12222 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", Xatom_xsettings_prop
)
12223 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MANAGER", Xatom_xsettings_mgr
)
12227 enum { atom_count
= ARRAYELTS (atom_refs
) };
12228 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN. */
12229 enum { total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
};
12230 Atom atoms_return
[total_atom_count
];
12231 char *atom_names
[total_atom_count
];
12232 static char const xsettings_fmt
[] = "_XSETTINGS_S%d";
12233 char xsettings_atom_name
[sizeof xsettings_fmt
- 2
12234 + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int)];
12236 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
12237 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
12239 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name. */
12240 sprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, xsettings_fmt
,
12241 XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
12242 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
12244 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
12245 False
, atoms_return
);
12247 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
12248 *(Atom
*) ((char *) dpyinfo
+ atom_refs
[i
].offset
) = atoms_return
[i
];
12250 /* Manually copy last atom. */
12251 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
12254 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
12255 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
12256 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
12258 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
12259 gray_bits
, gray_width
, gray_height
,
12262 x_setup_pointer_blanking (dpyinfo
);
12265 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
12268 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
12270 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
12271 if (dpyinfo
->connection
!= 0)
12272 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
12275 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
12276 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
12278 if (interrupt_input
)
12279 init_sigio (dpyinfo
->connection
);
12283 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
12286 dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
12287 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
12288 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
12289 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
12290 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
12291 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
12292 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
12293 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
12294 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
12296 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
12297 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
12298 /* Do not free XFontStruct returned by the above call to XQueryFont.
12299 This leads to X protocol errors at XtCloseDisplay (Bug#18403). */
12300 x_uncatch_errors ();
12304 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
12305 for debugging X code. */
12307 AUTO_STRING (synchronous
, "synchronous");
12308 AUTO_STRING (Synchronous
, "Synchronous");
12309 Lisp_Object value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
, synchronous
,
12310 Synchronous
, Qnil
, Qnil
);
12311 if (STRINGP (value
)
12312 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
12313 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
12314 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
12318 AUTO_STRING (useXIM
, "useXIM");
12319 AUTO_STRING (UseXIM
, "UseXIM");
12320 Lisp_Object value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
, useXIM
, UseXIM
,
12323 if (STRINGP (value
)
12324 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
12325 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
12328 if (STRINGP (value
)
12329 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
12330 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
12336 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
12337 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
12338 tty or started as a daemon. */
12339 if (terminal
->id
== 1 && ! IS_DAEMON
)
12340 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
12344 x_extension_initialize (dpyinfo
);
12352 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
12353 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
12356 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
12358 struct terminal
*t
;
12359 struct color_name_cache_entry
*color_entry
, *next_color_entry
;
12361 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
12363 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
12364 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
12367 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
12368 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
12369 x_session_close ();
12371 delete_terminal (t
);
12375 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
12376 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
12378 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
12379 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
12382 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
12384 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
12385 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
12386 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
12389 for (color_entry
= dpyinfo
->color_names
;
12391 color_entry
= next_color_entry
)
12393 next_color_entry
= color_entry
->next
;
12394 xfree (color_entry
->name
);
12395 xfree (color_entry
);
12398 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
12399 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
12400 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
12404 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12406 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
12407 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
12408 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
12409 that slows us down. */
12412 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
12415 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= false;
12416 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
12418 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
12419 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
12420 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
12421 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
12426 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
12427 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
12428 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
12429 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
12430 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
12431 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
12432 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
12435 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
12438 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
12440 struct timespec interval
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
12441 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
12442 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= true;
12447 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12450 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
12452 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
12454 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
12458 x_clear_end_of_line
,
12460 x_after_update_window_line
,
12461 x_update_window_begin
,
12462 x_update_window_end
,
12464 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
12465 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
12466 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
12467 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
12469 x_cr_define_fringe_bitmap
,
12470 x_cr_destroy_fringe_bitmap
,
12472 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
12473 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
12475 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
12476 x_draw_glyph_string
,
12477 x_define_frame_cursor
,
12478 x_clear_frame_area
,
12479 x_draw_window_cursor
,
12480 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
12481 x_draw_window_divider
,
12482 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
, /* Never called; see comment in function. */
12488 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
12490 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
12492 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
12494 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
12495 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
12496 if (!terminal
->name
)
12501 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
12504 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
12507 /* Normally, the display is available... */
12508 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
12510 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
12511 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
12513 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
12514 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
12515 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
12516 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
12518 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
12519 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
12520 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
12521 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
12522 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
12523 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
12524 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
12525 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
12526 leaks in other situations. */
12528 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
12529 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
12531 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
12533 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
12534 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
12535 closing all the displays. */
12536 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
12540 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
12542 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12543 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
12545 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
12547 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
12548 /* Do not close the connection here because it's already closed
12549 by X(t)CloseDisplay (Bug#18403). */
12550 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
12553 /* ...but if called from x_connection_closed, the display may already
12554 be closed and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. Since
12555 X server is most likely gone, explicit close is the only reliable
12556 way to continue and avoid Bug#19147. */
12557 else if (dpyinfo
->connection
>= 0)
12558 emacs_close (dpyinfo
->connection
);
12560 /* No more input on this descriptor. */
12561 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
12562 /* Mark as dead. */
12563 dpyinfo
->connection
= -1;
12565 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
12569 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
12570 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
12572 static struct terminal
*
12573 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
12575 struct terminal
*terminal
;
12577 terminal
= create_terminal (output_x_window
, &x_redisplay_interface
);
12579 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
12580 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
12582 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
12584 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
12585 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
12586 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
12587 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
12588 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
12589 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
12590 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
12591 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
12592 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
12593 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
12594 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
12595 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
12596 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
12597 terminal
->menu_show_hook
= x_menu_show
;
12598 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
12599 terminal
->popup_dialog_hook
= xw_popup_dialog
;
12601 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
12602 terminal
->set_horizontal_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_horizontal_scroll_bar
;
12603 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
12604 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
12605 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
12606 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
12607 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
12608 /* Other hooks are NULL by default. */
12614 x_initialize (void)
12619 any_help_event_p
= false;
12620 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
12623 current_count
= -1;
12626 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
12627 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
12629 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12630 XtToolkitInitialize ();
12632 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
12634 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
12635 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
12636 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
12637 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
12638 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
12639 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
12640 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
12642 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
12645 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
12647 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
12648 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
12653 x_cr_init_fringe (&x_redisplay_interface
);
12656 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
12657 original error handler. */
12658 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
12659 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
12666 /* Emacs can handle only core input events, so make sure
12667 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
12668 xputenv ("GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1");
12673 syms_of_xterm (void)
12675 x_error_message
= NULL
;
12677 DEFSYM (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
, "vendor-specific-keysyms");
12678 DEFSYM (Qlatin_1
, "latin-1");
12681 xg_default_icon_file
= build_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
12682 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
12684 DEFSYM (Qx_gtk_map_stock
, "x-gtk-map-stock");
12687 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
12688 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
12689 doc
: /* Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
12690 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
12691 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
12692 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
12693 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
12695 x_use_underline_position_properties
= true;
12697 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
12698 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
12699 doc
: /* Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
12700 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
12701 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
12702 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
12703 x_underline_at_descent_line
= false;
12705 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
12706 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
12707 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
12708 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
12709 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
12710 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
12711 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
12712 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
12713 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= false;
12715 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
12716 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
12717 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
12718 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
12719 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
12720 With MS Windows or Nextstep, the value is t. */);
12721 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
12723 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
12724 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
12725 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
12727 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
12729 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
12732 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
12735 DEFSYM (Qmodifier_value
, "modifier-value");
12736 DEFSYM (Qalt
, "alt");
12737 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
12738 DEFSYM (Qhyper
, "hyper");
12739 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
12740 DEFSYM (Qmeta
, "meta");
12741 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
12742 DEFSYM (Qsuper
, "super");
12743 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
12745 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
12746 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
12747 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
12748 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
12749 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
12750 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
12752 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
12753 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
12754 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
12755 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
12756 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
12757 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
12759 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
12760 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
12761 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
12762 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
12763 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
12764 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
12766 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
12767 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
12768 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
12769 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
12770 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
12771 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
12773 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
12774 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
12775 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (hashtest_eql
, make_number (900),
12776 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
12777 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
12780 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-frame-normalize-before-maximize",
12781 x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
,
12782 doc
: /* Non-nil means normalize frame before maximizing.
12783 If this variable is t, Emacs first asks the window manager to give the
12784 frame its normal size, and only then the final state, whenever changing
12785 from a full-height, full-width or full-both state to the maximized one
12786 or when changing from the maximized to the full-height or full-width
12789 Set this variable only if your window manager cannot handle the
12790 transition between the various maximization states. */);
12791 x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
= false;